<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Css01mv</id>
	<title>MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Css01mv"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/Special:Contributions/Css01mv"/>
	<updated>2026-04-14T22:00:16Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.5</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grading_quick_guide&amp;diff=128816</id>
		<title>Grading quick guide</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grading_quick_guide&amp;diff=128816"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T15:01:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Saying up front that markers may need to take extra steps to hide their grades during marking&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is designed for teachers or non-editing teachers that will be entering grades for students.&lt;br /&gt;
Grades can be entered in multiple locations in Moodle.  It will depend on what you are grading where the best place is to enter the grades.&lt;br /&gt;
There are advantages to each area.  &lt;br /&gt;
Entering grades from the Assignment has the advantage that it will send a notification to the student when the grade is submitted.  This will not happen when the grade is edited from the grader report or single view screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Before starting==&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to hide grades and feedback from students until a provisional date, then you will need to either [[Grade hiding|hide the grades in the Grader Report]] or alternatively [[Assignment settings|use Marking Workflow]]. Otherwise grades will display to students as you save them one by one.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading from the Assignment page==&lt;br /&gt;
===Getting to the Activity Grading Interface===&lt;br /&gt;
If grading an assignment that has the student submit items to Moodle (file/online text etc.), the best place to enter grades is from the assignment itself.  From the assignment, click on View/Grade All Submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignmentPage.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the following page, you will see where you can edit grades/add feedback and review the students&#039; work.  At the top of the page is a dropdown list.  Here you have the option to download all student submissions.  This is very useful if the students have submitted essays or other files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadfile.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Finding the submissions that are ready to be graded===&lt;br /&gt;
The table of students can be sorted by clicking on the column headings.  If you click on the Status column title twice, it will put all of the assignments that need to be graded at the top of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grid.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Entering grades===&lt;br /&gt;
Then use the pencil icon in the Grade column or click on Edit and Edit Grade to get the to grading page for that particular student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:edit2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the following page, you can enter a grade, enter feedback, and select whether to notify the student or not. When finished, be sure to click on Save. The Save and Show Next button will save the grade for this student and move to the grading page for the next student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:entergrade.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading from the Grader Report==&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Grader Report===&lt;br /&gt;
The grader report is the main overview of the grade-book, showing all grades in a grid for the entire course.  It can be accessed from the Administration menu under Course Administration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:menu.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Entering grades===&lt;br /&gt;
To add grades directly into the grader report, Editing needs to be turned on (button is in the top right hand corner.)  Once Editing is turned on, each cell in the grid will have one or two entries boxes depending on how your grade-book is set up.  The box to the left surrounded by a solid border line is for the grade, the second box with a dashed border line is for feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In most sites, grades are saved automatically as they are entered but the page might need to be refreshed to see the Course Total update with the new grades.  In some sites, there will be a Save button in the bottom left hand corner of the page.&lt;br /&gt;
===Overridden grades===&lt;br /&gt;
When grades are entered on this page, the cell will be shaded yellow or orange.  This means that the grade has been overridden from the gradebook directly and any changes made from the Assignment Grading page will not be reflected in the grade-book.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grader.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading from the Single View Tab in the Grader Report==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Single View&amp;quot; was added in Moodle 2.8.  It is an interface that allows a teacher to add grades in bulk for a specific activity or a specific student.  The single view adds grades directly to the Grader Report and all grades entered through this page are considered to be &amp;quot;Overridden&amp;quot;, meaning that they cannot be changed from the Assignment or Activity specific grading interface.&lt;br /&gt;
===Accessing the Single View===&lt;br /&gt;
The Single View can be accessed in many ways.  If your grade-book has tabs or a dropdown list at the top for accessing Setup, etc, there will be an option there to access the Single View screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also a pencil icon at the top of each column in the grader report by the activity name that will take you to the Single View page for that activity and another pencil icon in a column directly to the right of the student name that will take you to the Single View for that particular student.&lt;br /&gt;
===Entering Grades===&lt;br /&gt;
On the page that appears, you need to check the Override checkbox to the right of the grade that you want to change.  If you are bulk entering grades, you can click on All at the top of this column to allow all grades to be changed at once.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the bottom of the page, if you check the Perform Bulk Insert checkbox, you can then enter a grade and it will be entered for every grade that you have selected to override or for just the grades that are empty (select the appropriate option from the dropdown box).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once done, click on Save to update the grades.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:single.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Quick guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Guía rápida de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Kurzanleitung zu Bewertungen]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grades&amp;diff=128815</id>
		<title>Grades</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grades&amp;diff=128815"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T14:46:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Grade hiding deserves to be here&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Tracking progress}}&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grading quick guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grader report]] - the Gradebook or &#039;Grader report&#039; is where all  course grades are collated.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grade settings]] - options for setting defaults and preferences for how the gradebook displays to users.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Managing grades]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Grade hiding]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Grade items]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Grade letters]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Grade categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Grade calculations]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Grade history]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Scales]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Outcomes]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grade import]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grade export]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Rubrics]]&lt;br /&gt;
**[[Marking guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grades FAQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Grades]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Bewertungen in Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[eu:Kalifikazioak]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Calificaciones]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=128814</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=128814"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T13:11:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Keeping grades hidden until a release date */ replacing step-through guidance with links to existing guidance on other pages.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
# It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access controlled links===&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator has enabled this feature for either the [[Google Drive repository]] or the [[OneDrive repository]] then students can upload a file as an &#039;access controlled link&#039; from either of these repositories. The file is then copied to the site account and the student is no longer able to edit it.The student retains the original file in their own Google Drive or OneDrive. The teacher is given permission to edit the file for grading purposes, and the student is sent a copy of the edited file.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:accesscontrolledlink.png|center|thumb|Student submits an access controlled link]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New in 3.3:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can also filter submissions which have had extensions granted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:filterassignments.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allocating submissions to markers===&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to divide submissions between more than one person, you can apply groups to the assignment and let markers know which group(s) to mark. Note that because group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the groups aren&#039;t very small this should be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative is to use [[Assignment_settings#Use_marking_allocation|marking allocation]] - this allows anyone with a teacher role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overriding assignment deadlines===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can override a deadline for an individual or group from the assignment settings link (gear menu in the [[Boost theme]] or Assignment administration other themes.) See the screencast [https://youtu.be/5Ghe7rueIME Assignment overrides] for a demo.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignmentOverridesBoost.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When adding overrides for a group, it is possible to have one group override trump another. This is achieved by moving the override up/down on the group overrides page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignGroupOverrides.png|||center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this situation, a student in both groups (e.g. Frodo Baggins) will have the override from &amp;quot;The Council of Elrond&amp;quot; applied. By pressing the arrow icons on the right, the override for &amp;quot;The Fellowship&amp;quot; can be moved to the top of the list, and will have higher precedence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note also that if there exists a user override for a student, it will always take precedence over any group overrides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To grant an extension, open the assignment&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;View all submissions&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the student who is to be allowed to submit after the &amp;quot;Cut-off date&amp;quot;To&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the adjacent &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; drop down menu and select &amp;quot;Grant extension&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the extension date and time. The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading individual submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it (requires [http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript] for PDF and [[Universal Office Converter (unoconv)|unoconv]] for docx and odt files), using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to filter comments you have already added to the work&#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
*In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Search comments&#039;&#039;&#039; pop-up window, enter the term you would like to search for in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter comments...&#039;&#039;&#039; box. &lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking on the comment will take you to the part of the paper where that comment has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The review panel and / or the grading panel may be collapsed by clicking the icons at the bottom right of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CollapseReviewPanel.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. There are two alternatives for this.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Grade_hiding|Hide the item in the Grader Report]]. This is convenient if there are few markers and you have decided a provision date for releasing the marks and feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
*Or enable [[Assignment_settings#Use_marking_.28grading.29_workflow|Use marking workflow]] in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are many markers, and/or you don&#039;t have a provisional date to release marks and feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(If you would like the Moodle Assignment to have its own setting for releasing grades and feedback to students please vote for MDL-18722.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submissions&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Downloading student submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting ‘Download all submissions’ from the &#039;Grading actions&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. Each file in the zip will be named with the student first and last name followed by a unique identifier (not the user ID number).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If each submission is more than a single file, then submissions may be downloaded in folders by ticking the option &#039;Download submissions in folders&#039; (below the grading table). Each submission is put in a separate folder, with the folder structure kept for any subfolders, and files are not renamed. Each folder will be named with the student first and last name followed by a unique identifier (not the user ID number).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an assignment with no file submissions, see the discussion [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336438 upload feedback files without student file submissions] for details of what to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Assignment_settings&amp;diff=128813</id>
		<title>Assignment settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Assignment_settings&amp;diff=128813"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T13:05:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Use marking (grading) workflow */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the course where you want the assignment; turn on the editing, and in the section you want the assignment, click &#039;Add an activity or resource&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# From the Activity chooser, click the Assignment button and click &#039;Add&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(If you want to edit an existing assignment, click the Edit link to its right and choose the action you wish to take, eg &#039;Edit settings&#039;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assignment settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General ===&lt;br /&gt;
Give your assignment a name (which students will see to click on) and, if required, a description. If you want the description to display on the course page, check the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Additional files&lt;br /&gt;
:Here you can add files which may be of help to the students as they do their assignment, such as example submissions or answer templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Availability===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Allow submissions from&lt;br /&gt;
:This stops students from submitting before the shown date but it doesn&#039;t hide the assignment and any included instructions or materials.&lt;br /&gt;
;Due date&lt;br /&gt;
:Submissions are still allowed after this date but will be marked as late. Disable it by unticking the checkbox. Assignments without a due date will appear on the dashboard with &#039;No Due Date&#039; displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
;Cut-off date&lt;br /&gt;
:After this date, students will not be able to submit and the submit button will disappear.&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Remind me to grade by..&lt;br /&gt;
:A date needs to be entered here in order for the assignment to display on the teacher&#039;s [[Course overview block]] and in the [[Calendar]]. It will display when at least one student has submitted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission types===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can decide how you wish students to submit their work to you. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: If Submission comments are enabled in &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Plugins&amp;gt;Activity modules&amp;gt;Assignment&amp;gt;Submission plugins&#039;&#039;, students will be able to add a note to their teacher on submitting work. If Anonymous (blind) marking is enabled, student comments display in the gradebook as from &amp;quot;Participant 01 etc&amp;quot; to avoid revealing identities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Online text &lt;br /&gt;
:Students type their responses directly in Moodle using a text editor (such as the [[Atto editor]] which automatically saves text at regular intervals.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s possible to set a word limit on an online text assignment. Students get a warning if they try to exceed the word limit. Numbers are counted as words and abbreviations such as &#039;&#039;I&#039;m&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;they&#039;re&#039;&#039; are counted as single words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;File submissions&lt;br /&gt;
:Students can upload one or more files of any type the teacher can  open. The teacher can annotate  uploaded PDFs, docx and odt files within the browser, and on saving, the annotated file is made available to the student.  (Check with your admin that [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghostscript Ghostscript] and a [[Document converters| document converter]] are enabled, if you can&#039;t annotate uploaded files.) In the screenshot below, a docx file has been uploaded and converted so that the teacher may use the annotation tools to comment directly on the student&#039;s assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentgrading3.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating uploaded files]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}Comments may be collapsed to make it easier to read the original text:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:collapsedcommentexample.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Maximum submission size&lt;br /&gt;
:The maximum upload size refers to each file a student uploads. It cannot be larger than the limit in the Course settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
;Accepted file types&lt;br /&gt;
:The teacher can specify the types of file the students may upload to the assignment. The file types may be added with their file extension, such as .png  and mp3, or else as image/png and audio/mp3. Leaving the field blank will allow all file types. File types are separated with commas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the file types have been restricted, then when  students attempt to submit the assignment, they will see a message telling them which files are accepted:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:studentfiletyperestrictions.png|thumb|500px|center|Student view of specified files]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feedback types===&lt;br /&gt;
;Feedback comments&lt;br /&gt;
:With this enabled, markers can leave comments for each submission (which appear on the assignment grading screen.)&lt;br /&gt;
;Offline grading worksheet&lt;br /&gt;
:This is useful if you wish to download the grading list and edit it in a program such as MS Excel. (It does not yet work for non-English users - see MDL-40597.)&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:emptygradebook.png|thumb|The empty gradebook on Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:downloadgradingworksheet.png|thumb|The dropdown to download the list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:excelgrades.png|thumb|Editing the grades offline]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the teacher has completed their grading offline, they can then upload the spreadsheet, confirm the changes and the grades and comments will be transferred over into Moodle&#039;s gradebook:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:uploadgradingworksheet.png|thumb|Uploading the grading worksheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:confirmchanges.png|thumb|Confirming the changes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:fullgradebook.png|thumb|Grades and feedback transferred into Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2012/11/19/offline-grading-worksheet-in-moodle-2-4-assignment/ Offline grading worksheet] blog post by Gavin Henrick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Feedback files&lt;br /&gt;
:This allows  markers to upload files with feedback when marking. These files may be the marked up student assignments, documents with comments, a completed marking guide, or spoken audio feedback. It enables the Feedback Files column in the assignment grading screen (accessed from &#039;View/Grade all submissions&#039;.) To upload feedback files, click on the green tick in the grade column on the grading table and then upload either with drag and drop or using the [[File picker]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedback files.jpg|thumb|The Feedback files column]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedback files 2.jpg|thumb|Upload files here]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedback view for students.jpg|thumb|Student view with comments and file feedback both enabled]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Uploading multiple feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; is also possible:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the students&#039; assignments using the &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; link from the same dropdown menu;&lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the folder offline and add your comments to the student&#039;s submissions.Keep the names the same.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the students&#039; submissions and zip them into a new folder. Important: Don&#039;t just edit them inside their original folder and re-zip this; it will not work. The folder name does not matter as long as the feedback files have the same names as before.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload this newly zipped folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be presented with a confirmation screen displaying your feedback files. (If you zip files from a Mac,make sure to  remove the folder _MACOSX)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:mutiplefeedbackzip.png|thumb|Choose from the dropdown menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:multiplezip1.png|thumb|Confirmation screen displaying the feedback files to be uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:multiplezip2.png|thumb|Screen confirming uploaded feedback]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Comment inline&lt;br /&gt;
:This usefully allows you to comment directly on an &#039;online text&#039; type submission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission settings===&lt;br /&gt;
;Require students click submit button&lt;br /&gt;
:If this is set to &#039;No&#039; students can make changes to their submission at any time. (If you want to stop them changing work once you are ready to grade, click &#039;View/Grade all submissions&#039;; locate the student and From the Edit column, click the action icon and select &#039;Prevent submission changes.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;Yes&#039;, students can upload draft versions of the assignment until such time as they are ready to submit. Clicking the submit button tells the teacher they have finished drafting and want the work to be graded. They can no longer edit it and must ask the teacher to revert to draft status if they need to change it again.To do that, click &#039;View/Grade all submissions; locate the student and from the Edit column, click the action icon and select &#039;Revert the submission to draft&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Reverting to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:with selected.jpg|thumb|&amp;quot;With selected&amp;quot; to choose several students..]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Require that students accept the Submission statement&lt;br /&gt;
:An administrator can define a &amp;quot;Submission statement&amp;quot;, ie, a statement where students promise the work is their own and which they must agree to before submitting their work. This may be done via &#039;&#039;Site administration&amp;gt;Plugins&amp;gt;Activity modules&amp;gt;Assignment.&#039;&#039; (A default statement is also available.)  If the administrator has given teachers the option of using a submission statement or not, then it will be available in the assignment settings screen. If the administrator has forced the statement throughout the site, a teacher will not have this option in the settings but a student will see the statement when accessing their assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Attempts reopened&lt;br /&gt;
: If &#039;require students to click submit&#039; is enabled, then students may only submit once. You can change this here to &#039;Manually&#039; and reopen it for students to resubmit, or you can change it to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039;, for the students to keep resubmitting until they get a pass grade.&lt;br /&gt;
;Maximum attempts&lt;br /&gt;
: Here you can decide how many attempts to allow  if students can resubmit. If a student has to keep trying until they get a pass grade, you might decide to limit the attempts even though they have not yet passed - or they might be trying for ever!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups submission settings===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings allow students to collaborage on a single assignment, eg, working in the same online area or uploading , editing and reuploading an MS Powerpoint in the common assignment area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When grading, the teacher may choose to give a common grade and feedback to all students in the group or to give individual grades and feedback to each member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Require group to make submission&lt;br /&gt;
:Students  not in a group can still submit  assignments unless this is forced in &#039;&#039;Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins  &amp;gt; Assignment &amp;gt; Assignment settings&#039;&#039; .  Moodle will then display a message &#039;&#039;You&#039;re not a member of any group; please contact your teacher&#039;&#039; , and the student will not be able to submit the assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
;Require all group members submit&lt;br /&gt;
:This setting will only appear if the teacher has ticked the &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; earlier. The assignment will not be classed as &amp;quot;submitted&amp;quot; until all members of the group have made a contribution. When one student has submitted, the other members of the group will be able to see who still has to submit.&lt;br /&gt;
;Grouping for student groups&lt;br /&gt;
:If a particular grouping is selected here, then the gradebook will display any other groups and non-grouped students in the &amp;quot;default group&amp;quot;, while naming the group(s) that are in the chosen grouping. If &amp;quot;none&amp;quot; is selected, then the gradebook will display the names of all groups and put any non-grouped students in the &amp;quot;default group&amp;quot;. See this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=216399#p942913 forum post on grouping for student groups] for examples of how this might be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notifications==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that if you are using group mode then course teachers need to be members of the group in order to receive submission and late submission notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grade==&lt;br /&gt;
*See [[Grade points]] and [[Advanced grading methods]] for more information on the settings here.&lt;br /&gt;
*Setting a passing grade  may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Restrict access]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have passed this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anonymous marking===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes known as &#039;blind marking&#039;, anonymous marking prevents assessors from seeing students&#039; names on submissions. Instead, they will see randomly generated Participant numbers. (The student view of the assignment does not change.) This is also the case if student comments have been enabled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the nature of anonymous marking, the students cannot see the final grade until all of the students&#039; names have been revealed. If you are grading an assignment using an advanced grading method such as a rubric, the rubric will also be hidden from students&#039; view until the names are revealed. To reveal student names after you are finished grading, look under &#039;&#039;Assignment settings &amp;gt; Reveal student identities&#039;&#039;. Feedback comments will appear whether or not student names are hidden or revealed. Note that this level of anonymity might not suit the privacy requirements of your organisation. See MDL-35390 for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users with the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:viewblinddetails|mod/assign:viewblinddetails]] can view student identities and participant numbers (in Moodle 3.0.3 onwards).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Use marking (grading) workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enable Marking Workflow if you need to:&lt;br /&gt;
*keep grades and feedback hidden until you are ready to release them (otherwise by default they display to each student as you save them).&lt;br /&gt;
*state where you are up to in your grading.&lt;br /&gt;
*coordinate multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26markingworkflow.png|thumb|Marking workflow state in the individual grading screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26quickgradingworkflow.png|thumb|Dropdown to select marking workflow state when quick grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One advantage of using marking workflow is that the grades can be hidden from students until they are set to &#039;Released&#039;. The phases are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Not marked (the marker has not yet started) &lt;br /&gt;
* In marking (the marker has started but not yet finished) &lt;br /&gt;
* Marking completed (the marker has finished but might need to go back for checking/corrections) &lt;br /&gt;
* In review (the marking is now with the teacher in charge for quality checking) &lt;br /&gt;
* Ready for release (the teacher in charge is satisfied with the marking but wait before giving students access to the marking) &lt;br /&gt;
* Released (the student can access the grades/feedback)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Example use cases====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One marker, Marker, wants to release all grades at the same time &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker enables &amp;quot;Use marking workflow&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker marks each submission and transitions the grading to &amp;quot;Marking completed&amp;quot; as each submission is graded. &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker then uses the batch operations to transition all grades to &amp;quot;Released&amp;quot; at the same time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple markers, &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker enables &amp;quot;Use marking workflow&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker marks each submission and transitions the grading to &amp;quot;Marking completed&amp;quot; as each submission is graded. &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker then uses the batch operations to transition all grades to &amp;quot;Released&amp;quot; at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Use marking allocation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If marking workflow (see above) is set to Yes, it is possible to enable marking allocation. This means that teachers can be selected to grade or review the submitted work of specific students. Colleagues can monitor progress through the displayed marking workflow states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26markingworkflowallocatedmarkers.png|thumb|Allocated markers on the grading screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locally assigned roles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment administration &amp;gt; Locally assigned roles&#039;&#039; selected users can be given additional roles in the activity. See the Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=98208 Custom role for &#039;Course Monitor&#039;] forum discussion for an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assignment capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Capabilities/mod/assign:exportownsubmission|Export own submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Capabilities/mod/assign:grade|Grade assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|Submit assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Capabilities/mod/assign:view|View assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Role permissions for the activity can be changed in &#039;&#039;Course administration &amp;gt; Assignment administration &amp;gt; Permissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
Administrators can access assignment configuration options by expanding &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activity modules &amp;gt; Assignment&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assignment settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the administrator can set defaults for certain settings. They may also make certain settings &#039;Advanced&#039; which means a course teacher has to click the &#039;Show more&#039; link to see them, or they may &#039;lock&#039; settings which means a course teacher cannot alter that setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the site contains courses with over 100 participants, the number of assignments listed on the assignment grading page may be limited using the Maximum assignments per page (assign | maxperpage) setting. This removes &#039;All&#039; from the &#039;Assignments per page&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Submission statement&lt;br /&gt;
:Here is where the administrator can enter text into a box which will appear when students are about to submit an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:newsubmissionstatement.png|thumb|Admin view of Submission statement set up screen - click to enlarge]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submissionstatement1.png|thumb|Student view when about to submit - click to enlarge]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it is left as the default &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;, then teachers will have the choice within their own assignments to force this or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The submission statement may be shown in different languages. See [[Multi-language content filter]] for how to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission plugins===&lt;br /&gt;
Here the administrator can enable, disable or change the order and default settings for any submission plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
;Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
:Note that if submission comments are enabled here AND AND comments enabled globally in &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Advanced features&#039;&#039;) then students will be able to send a message to their teacher when submitting their assignment. If either of those settings is disabled, then the submission comments link will not appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feedback plugins===&lt;br /&gt;
====Manage assignment feedback plugins====&lt;br /&gt;
Here the administrator can enable, disable or change the order and default settings for any feedback plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
;Annotate PDF&lt;br /&gt;
:This is the place to upload stamps for teachers to use when annotating student PDFs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check Ghostscript=====&lt;br /&gt;
You can also check the ghostscript path from here:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Selection_116.png|thumb|Ghostscript not installed or incorrectly installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Selection_115.png|thumb|Ghostscript correctly installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the default stamps are deleted by accident, they can be found in mod/assign/feedback/editpdf/pix and re-uploaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check Unoconv=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unoconv v07 is required for converting files to PDF. You can test the correct path to unoconv here, and download a test  converted PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
Synergy Learning blog post: [http://www.synergy-learning.com/moodle-2-5-improvements-assignment-resubmissions/ Assignment resubmissions]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe konfigurieren]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Ajouter/modifier un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を追加/編集する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Configuraciones de tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=128812</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=128812"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T13:01:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Keeping grades hidden until a release date */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
# It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access controlled links===&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator has enabled this feature for either the [[Google Drive repository]] or the [[OneDrive repository]] then students can upload a file as an &#039;access controlled link&#039; from either of these repositories. The file is then copied to the site account and the student is no longer able to edit it.The student retains the original file in their own Google Drive or OneDrive. The teacher is given permission to edit the file for grading purposes, and the student is sent a copy of the edited file.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:accesscontrolledlink.png|center|thumb|Student submits an access controlled link]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New in 3.3:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can also filter submissions which have had extensions granted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:filterassignments.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allocating submissions to markers===&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to divide submissions between more than one person, you can apply groups to the assignment and let markers know which group(s) to mark. Note that because group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the groups aren&#039;t very small this should be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative is to use [[Assignment_settings#Use_marking_allocation|marking allocation]] - this allows anyone with a teacher role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overriding assignment deadlines===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can override a deadline for an individual or group from the assignment settings link (gear menu in the [[Boost theme]] or Assignment administration other themes.) See the screencast [https://youtu.be/5Ghe7rueIME Assignment overrides] for a demo.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignmentOverridesBoost.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When adding overrides for a group, it is possible to have one group override trump another. This is achieved by moving the override up/down on the group overrides page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignGroupOverrides.png|||center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this situation, a student in both groups (e.g. Frodo Baggins) will have the override from &amp;quot;The Council of Elrond&amp;quot; applied. By pressing the arrow icons on the right, the override for &amp;quot;The Fellowship&amp;quot; can be moved to the top of the list, and will have higher precedence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note also that if there exists a user override for a student, it will always take precedence over any group overrides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To grant an extension, open the assignment&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;View all submissions&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the student who is to be allowed to submit after the &amp;quot;Cut-off date&amp;quot;To&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the adjacent &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; drop down menu and select &amp;quot;Grant extension&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the extension date and time. The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading individual submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it (requires [http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript] for PDF and [[Universal Office Converter (unoconv)|unoconv]] for docx and odt files), using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to filter comments you have already added to the work&#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
*In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Search comments&#039;&#039;&#039; pop-up window, enter the term you would like to search for in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter comments...&#039;&#039;&#039; box. &lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking on the comment will take you to the part of the paper where that comment has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The review panel and / or the grading panel may be collapsed by clicking the icons at the bottom right of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CollapseReviewPanel.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. There are two alternatives for this.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to [[Grade_hiding|hide the item in the Grader Report]]. This is convenient if there are not many markers and you have decided a provision date for releasing the marks and feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are using Moodle Grader Report to calculate final grades, do ensure that the activities you wish to count are not hidden.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(If you would like the Moodle Assignment to have a setting for releasing grades and feedback to students please vote for MDL-18722.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submissions&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Downloading student submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting ‘Download all submissions’ from the &#039;Grading actions&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. Each file in the zip will be named with the student first and last name followed by a unique identifier (not the user ID number).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If each submission is more than a single file, then submissions may be downloaded in folders by ticking the option &#039;Download submissions in folders&#039; (below the grading table). Each submission is put in a separate folder, with the folder structure kept for any subfolders, and files are not renamed. Each folder will be named with the student first and last name followed by a unique identifier (not the user ID number).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an assignment with no file submissions, see the discussion [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336438 upload feedback files without student file submissions] for details of what to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=128811</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=128811"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T13:00:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Keeping grades hidden until a release date */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
# It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Access controlled links===&lt;br /&gt;
If the administrator has enabled this feature for either the [[Google Drive repository]] or the [[OneDrive repository]] then students can upload a file as an &#039;access controlled link&#039; from either of these repositories. The file is then copied to the site account and the student is no longer able to edit it.The student retains the original file in their own Google Drive or OneDrive. The teacher is given permission to edit the file for grading purposes, and the student is sent a copy of the edited file.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:accesscontrolledlink.png|center|thumb|Student submits an access controlled link]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;New in 3.3:&#039;&#039;&#039; You can also filter submissions which have had extensions granted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:filterassignments.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allocating submissions to markers===&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to divide submissions between more than one person, you can apply groups to the assignment and let markers know which group(s) to mark. Note that because group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the groups aren&#039;t very small this should be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative is to use [[Assignment_settings#Use_marking_allocation|marking allocation]] - this allows anyone with a teacher role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overriding assignment deadlines===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can override a deadline for an individual or group from the assignment settings link (gear menu in the [[Boost theme]] or Assignment administration other themes.) See the screencast [https://youtu.be/5Ghe7rueIME Assignment overrides] for a demo.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignmentOverridesBoost.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When adding overrides for a group, it is possible to have one group override trump another. This is achieved by moving the override up/down on the group overrides page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignGroupOverrides.png|||center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this situation, a student in both groups (e.g. Frodo Baggins) will have the override from &amp;quot;The Council of Elrond&amp;quot; applied. By pressing the arrow icons on the right, the override for &amp;quot;The Fellowship&amp;quot; can be moved to the top of the list, and will have higher precedence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note also that if there exists a user override for a student, it will always take precedence over any group overrides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To grant an extension, open the assignment&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;View all submissions&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the student who is to be allowed to submit after the &amp;quot;Cut-off date&amp;quot;To&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the adjacent &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; drop down menu and select &amp;quot;Grant extension&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the extension date and time. The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading individual submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it (requires [http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript] for PDF and [[Universal Office Converter (unoconv)|unoconv]] for docx and odt files), using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to filter comments you have already added to the work&#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
*In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Search comments&#039;&#039;&#039; pop-up window, enter the term you would like to search for in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter comments...&#039;&#039;&#039; box. &lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking on the comment will take you to the part of the paper where that comment has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The review panel and / or the grading panel may be collapsed by clicking the icons at the bottom right of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CollapseReviewPanel.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to [[Grade_hiding|hide the item in the Grader Report]]. This is convenient if there are not many markers and you have decided a provision date for releasing the marks and feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are using Moodle Grader Report to calculate final grades, do ensure that the activities you wish to count are not hidden.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(If you would like the Moodle Assignment to have a setting for releasing grades and feedback to students please vote for MDL-18722.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submissions&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Downloading student submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting ‘Download all submissions’ from the &#039;Grading actions&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. Each file in the zip will be named with the student first and last name followed by a unique identifier (not the user ID number).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If each submission is more than a single file, then submissions may be downloaded in folders by ticking the option &#039;Download submissions in folders&#039; (below the grading table). Each submission is put in a separate folder, with the folder structure kept for any subfolders, and files are not renamed. Each folder will be named with the student first and last name followed by a unique identifier (not the user ID number).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an assignment with no file submissions, see the discussion [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336438 upload feedback files without student file submissions] for details of what to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128810</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128810"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:59:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them. This page explains how to do that.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden for students. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are using the Grader Report to calculate final grades, do ensure those activities are not hidden when you carry out the calculation.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Automatically hide grades and feedback until a set date==&lt;br /&gt;
This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date to reveal marks and feedback to students. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128809</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128809"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:58:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them. This page explains how to do that.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are using the Grader Report to calculate final grades, do ensure those activities are not hidden when you carry out the calculation.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Automatically hide grades and feedback until a set date==&lt;br /&gt;
This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date to reveal marks and feedback to students. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128808</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128808"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:49:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* To manually hide grades and feedback */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them. This page explains how to do that.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Automatically hide grades and feedback until a set date==&lt;br /&gt;
This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date to reveal marks and feedback to students. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128807</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128807"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:48:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them. This page explains how to do that.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Automatically hide grades and feedback until a set date==&lt;br /&gt;
This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date to reveal marks and feedback to students. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128806</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128806"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:46:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them. This page explains how to do that.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date to reveal marks and feedback to students. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128805</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128805"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:45:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* To manually hide grades and feedback */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
==To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date to reveal marks and feedback to students. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128804</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128804"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:45:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
==To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date to reveal marks and feedback to students. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128803</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128803"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:44:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback to students */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
==To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date to reveal marks and feedback to students. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).}}&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128802</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128802"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:43:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* An example of how hiding grades might be used */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
==To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback to students==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date on which marks and feedback need to be revealed. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).}}&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
==To manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;nicetable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128801</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128801"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:41:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Reorganising&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
==To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback to students==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date on which marks and feedback need to be revealed. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).}}&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
==To manually hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
==An example of how hiding grades might be used==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Phase&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Before the due date; participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Due date and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128800</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128800"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T12:24:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Starting to flesh this out slightly with a bit of context and step-through instructions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Note that using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To set dates to automatically show or hide grades and feedback to students==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is useful if you have agreed a fixed date on which marks and feedback need to be revealed. It saves you needing to remember to do this manually (though you can manually change the date if you need to).}}&lt;br /&gt;
#In the Grader Report, turn editing on; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
#In the activity&#039;s column, in its &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row, click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039; icon; a settings page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the settings for dates setting, click the link to &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings display.&lt;br /&gt;
#For the &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; setting, click its Enable checkbox; it becomes editable.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in the date and time to reveal the marks and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To manually hide grades and feedback in the Grader Report==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|This is best used if you never want students to see the grades or feedback, or if you are unsure of the date on which they need to be revealed}}&lt;br /&gt;
#To get to the Grader Report go to your Moodle course front page and in its Settings click Grades; the Grader Report displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Turn editing on&#039;&#039;&#039;; further settings and controls display.&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that columns correspond to activities, and each column has &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; (just below the column title) which act on that entire activity.&lt;br /&gt;
#To hide grades and feedback for an assignment, find its column and click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show/Hide&#039;&#039;&#039; icon in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Controls&#039;&#039;&#039; row.&lt;br /&gt;
#In this case there is no need to Save - the effects are immediate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hidden until ==&lt;br /&gt;
Date &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; which the grades will be &#039;&#039;hidden&#039;&#039;. Usually this date is set to the end of the activity, and the beginning of the grading process.. A typical sequence of events would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Event&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Start of activity and participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of activity and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, and release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of hiding ==&lt;br /&gt;
Hiding simply prevents students from viewing the categories, grade items and grades to which it applies. They appear to admins and teachers, but with a special style that clearly identifies them as hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128799</id>
		<title>Grade hiding</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Grade_hiding&amp;diff=128799"/>
		<updated>2017-09-12T11:17:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: A bit of clarification and context&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
Assessors often decide to hide grades and feedback until marking is complete and finalised, and then release them all at once. Although Workflow allows this (and is particularly helpful where there are several multiple markers) it is sometimes quicker to simply hide the grades in the Grader Report until it is time to release them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Note that using Show/Hide for an Assignment on the course front page has &#039;&#039;&#039;no effect&#039;&#039;&#039; on whether its grades are shown or hidden. The assignment and its grades are entirely independent from each other, so the grades must be show or hidden independently.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gradebook ones refer to whether a student will be able to see that grade or grade item in their user report. You can have an activity available on the course page for which you would not want the students to know their grade. Also in reverse - an offline activity that is hidden in the course page, but which you want the students to know their grade for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==To hide grades and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
#To go to the Grader Report, from your Moodle course front page, in its Settings, click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
Turning on editing then clicking the &amp;quot;Show show/hide icons&amp;quot; link will give you the familiar show/hide eye icon next to each grade and at the top of each column. For more information, read&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hidden until ==&lt;br /&gt;
Date &#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039; which the grades will be &#039;&#039;hidden&#039;&#039;. Usually this date is set to the end of the activity, and the beginning of the grading process.. A typical sequence of events would be:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellpadding=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Event&lt;br /&gt;
![[Grade locking|Locked]]&lt;br /&gt;
!Hidden&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Start of activity and participant submissions&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of activity and beginning of grading/feedback&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|End of grading/feedback, and release of grades&lt;br /&gt;
|Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|No&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Effects of hiding ==&lt;br /&gt;
Hiding simply prevents students from viewing the categories, grade items and grades to which it applies. They appear to admins and teachers, but with a special style that clearly identifies them as hidden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Ocultació_de_qualificacions]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Ocultamiento de calificación]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Dissimulation de notes]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:評定非表示]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=127124</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=127124"/>
		<updated>2017-03-14T12:59:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Expanding the extensions guidance&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
# It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allocating submissions to markers===&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to divide submissions between you can apply Groups to the Assignment and let markers know which Group(s) to mark. Note that because Group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the Groups aren&#039;t very small this should be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative is to use Marking Allocation - this allows anyone with a Tutor role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overriding assignment deadlines===&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can override a deadline for an individual or group from the assignment settings link (gear menu in the [[Boost theme]] or Assignment administration other themes.) See the screencast [https://youtu.be/5Ghe7rueIME Assignment overrides] for a demo.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignmentOverridesBoost.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To grant an extension, open the assignment&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;View all submissions&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the student who is to be allowed to submit after the &amp;quot;Cut-off date&amp;quot;To&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the adjacent &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot; drop down menu and select &amp;quot;Grant extension&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Set the extension date and time. The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
##[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading individual submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to filter comments you have already added to the work&#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
*In the &#039;&#039;&#039;Search comments&#039;&#039;&#039; pop-up window, enter the term you would like to search for in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Filter comments...&#039;&#039;&#039; box. &lt;br /&gt;
*Clicking on the comment will take you to the part of the paper where that comment has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv]] are installed. Make sure that unoconv is at least version 0.7}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you would like the Moodle Assignment to have a setting for releasing grades and feedback to students please vote for this enhancement in the Moodle Tracker: https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-18722&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an assignment with no file submissions, see the discussion [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=336438 upload feedback files without student file submissions] for details of what to do.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Workshop_settings&amp;diff=124934</id>
		<title>Workshop settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Workshop_settings&amp;diff=124934"/>
		<updated>2016-08-15T15:53:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Workshop}} &lt;br /&gt;
==Adding a new workshop==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*With the editing turned on, in the section you wish to add your workshop, click the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; link (or, if not present, the &amp;quot;Add an activity&amp;quot; drop down menu) and choose &#039;&#039;Workshop.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*On the next screen, in the General section, give the workshop a name and a description which explains to the students what the workshop will be about. You can display this description by ticking the checkbox&lt;br /&gt;
*All settings may expanded by clicking the &amp;quot;Expand all&amp;quot; link top right&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
This displays for students on the Workshop&#039;s summary page just under the Planner. You can use it to give a brief orientation to the activity (instructions for each phase come later).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading Strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
What you choose here determines the assessment form students will use and also the strategy for grading submissions. For more detailed descriptions see [[Workshop_grading_strategies| Grading Strategies]]. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Grading strategies can&#039;t be changed once we have entered the submission phase of a workshop&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039; Accumulative grading:&#039;&#039;&#039; Each assessment criterion has its own numeric grade along with optional weighting and optional comments; a final grade is calculated on the basis of the separate grades and their respective weightings. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Comments:&#039;&#039;&#039; No numeric grade but feedback only, as comments either in a single field or as responses to a series of guiding questions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Errors:&#039;&#039;&#039; Markers decide whether the work has passed or failed each criterion (e.g. has original ideas; answers its question). They can comment on their judgements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;: Generates a numeric grade based on the level of achievement markers choose for each criterion. You&#039;ll be able to define your criteria and, for each criterion, as many levels as you need. The Rubric will display with a free text field for Overall Feedback. Do note that Rubric will generate a numeric grade and cannot be set to feedback-only - in other words you will need to assign a single numeric grade to each level, and those marks must be unique. Note too that it is not currently possible to import or reuse rubrics created elsewhere. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grade for Submission===&lt;br /&gt;
This sets the maximum grade a student can attain from a teacher for a given submission. It is scaled between 0-100. If you have set up any Grade Categories, you will see a picklist.&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission grade to pass===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can set a passing grade for the workshop submission. This may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Conditional activities]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have obtained the required grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grade for Assessment=== &lt;br /&gt;
Sets the maximum grade a student can receive for assessing other students’ work. It is also scaled between 0-100. If you have set up any Grade Categories, you will see a picklist.&lt;br /&gt;
===Assessment grade to pass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can set a passing grade for the workshop assessment. This may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Conditional activities]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have obtained the required grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submission settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructions for submission=== &lt;br /&gt;
Students see this when they click on the link to the Workshop. Explain here what they need to do to make a successful submission (It may also help to refer them back to general instructions for using the Workshop - how to find out when the deadlines are and what they do at each stage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish students to attach files, select how many here, up to a maximum of 7. If you leave it at 0 then they can only enter text. You can also specify the maximum upload size of the files they upload - depending on the course limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also specify which types of file they are allowed to upload. (Ask your admin to check &#039;&#039;Server&amp;gt;File types&#039;&#039; if you want to include an uncommon file type.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Late Submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ticking this box will allow students to submit after the deadline. Any late submissions cannot be edited by the student - they just have one chance to submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If late submissions are allowed, there is no way to automatically allocate assessors to them. You&#039;ll need to to manually allocate assessors to these late submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Allocation settings are explained below - they will be made after these workshop settings have been saved by clicking the “Allocate Submissions” link highlighted with a red box in the picture of the dashboard. See the section [[#Submission phase|Submission phase]].)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:submission_advanced.jpg|thumb|none|upright 2.5|alt=&amp;quot;Where to locate more settings for submissions&amp;quot; | Submission settings for allocating reviewers to submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assessment settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructions for assessment===&lt;br /&gt;
Students see these instructions when the Workshop is in Assessment Phase. They are important to students&#039; understanding of the task before assessing their classmates’ submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After these workshop settings have been saved, Teachers can access further settings related to allocating assessments. See the section [[#Setup phase|Setup phase]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Use self-assessment===&lt;br /&gt;
Checking this box means that students may be allocated their own work to assess. This will depend on Moodle&#039;s allocation i.e. the larger the group of students the less likely it is that anyone will be allocated their own work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overall feedback mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If this is enabled, a text box appears at the bottom of each assessment  form for reviewers to give  an overall comment about the submission. You can make this required or optional, and you can also specify a number of attachments and maximum upload size of these attached files, dependent on the course upload limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also specify which file types they are allowed to upload.(Ask your admin to check &#039;&#039;Server&amp;gt;File types&#039;&#039; if you want to include an uncommon file type.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Text you add here will be shown to the students when the workshop is over. It is a good idea to signpost students to how they can access the assessments they have received. It might also include suggestions on what students should do next.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example submissions==&lt;br /&gt;
In some situations, it might be helpful to the students to see one or more examples of what they must submit. If you offer example submission,  you can choose whether students are required to assess them or if is optional. If they are required to assess the example submissions, then you can also decide whether they assess them before they submit their own work or afterwards, but before peer assessing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Assessments of the example submission are not counted when calculating the grade for assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Availability==&lt;br /&gt;
This section deals with setting submission times and assessment times for the workshop. That is the time when students can start submitting as well as the deadline for submitting, and similarly the time assessments for other students’ work start and when they must finish assessing other students work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All dates - open for submissions from, submissions deadline, open for assessment from and assessment deadline - are displayed in the course [[Calendar|calendar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Availability lets a teacher decide if they want a workshop with a closed schedule or one that is open ended. Setting an opening time but leaving the deadline open makes it an ongoing activity. To set the opening time and deadline for either submissions or assessments teachers must click the enable button next to the option they want to set. Once the enabled has been checked the 5 drop down boxes will be activated and available for change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first three boxes correspond to the date and we can either set this box by box or by selecting the date in the calendar that pops up when any of the date boxes are selected.&lt;br /&gt;
The last two boxes correspond to the time in 24 hour time, the first of the two being hours and the second being minutes. Teachers simply set the desired time for each of the sections they wish to activate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If teachers check the box &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Switch to the next phase after the submissions deadline&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;, the  workshop will automatically switch to the assessment phase after the next cron job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note that even if Switch to the next phase after the submissions deadline is enabled, a teacher will need to manually move the workshop into Submission Phase and click on Close to conclude the workshop and reveal the assessments.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common module settings==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Common module settings]] &lt;br /&gt;
==Restrict access/Activity completion==&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are visible if [[Restrict access]] and [[Activity completion]] have been enabled in the site and the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Click Save and Display to access further settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup phase==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Setup assessment form.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You must now click &#039;Edit assessment form&#039; to set the criteria students will need for when they do their peer assessments later on.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Include an example submission if you want students to be able to see this form when they submit.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*You can choose from several grading strategies. See [[Workshop grading strategies]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submission phase==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To decide how students will receive the submissions of their peers, click the &#039;Allocate submissions&#039; link in the Submission phase section. &lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:allocationtypesworkshop.png|thumb|right|upright 1.0|alt=&amp;quot;Manual Allocation menu&amp;quot; | Manual Allocation options]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:randomallocation.png|thumb|right|upright 1.0|alt=&amp;quot;Random Allocation menu&amp;quot; | Random Allocation options]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:scheduledallocation.png|thumb|right|upright 1.0|alt=&amp;quot;Scheduled Allocation menu|Scheduled Allocation options]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manual Allocation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here,a teacher can manually choose which students review whose work. A student can review work even if they have not submitted anything themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Random Allocation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teacher is given 5 settings that determine how the random allocation will work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of reviews:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here the teacher picks between 0 and 30 reviews for either each submission or per reviewer. That is the teacher may choose to either set the number of reviews each submission must have or the number of reviews each student has to carry out&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Prevent Reviews:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the teacher wishes for students of the same group to never review each other’s work, as most likely it is their work too in a group submission, then they can check this box and moodle will ensure that they are only allocated other students out of their group’s work to access&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove current allocations:&#039;&#039;&#039; Checking this box means that any manual allocations that have been set in the Manual Allocation menu will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Can access with no submission:&#039;&#039;&#039; Having this box checked allows students to assess other students’ work without having already submitted their own work. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039; Add self assessments:&#039;&#039;&#039; This options when checked make sure that as well as assessing other students’ work they must also assess their own. This is a good option to teach students how to be objective towards their own work.&lt;br /&gt;
===Scheduled Allocation===&lt;br /&gt;
If you set the workshop to automatically switch to the Assessment phase once the deadline for submissions is over, then enabling Scheduled allocation means that Moodle will automatically allocate (randomly) the submissions to be assessed. As with manual random allocation, you can specify the number of reviews, whether or not students need to have submitted something in order to be able to assess, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assessment phase==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Students can assess example submissions for practice before assessing their peers&#039; work if this feature is enabled. They can compare their assessments with reference assessments made by the teacher. The grade will not be counted in the grade for assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers need to upload one or more example submissions and the corresponding reference assessment to support this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers can also edit the reference assessment later by clicking the ‘re-assess’ button in the first page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Peer assessment:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If this feature is enabled, a student will be allocated a certain amount of submissions from his peers to assess. He will receive a grade for each assessment, which will be added together with the grade for his own submission and this will be used as his final grade for this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the key feature of workshop: To encourage students to assess the work of their peers and learn from each other. Through this, they will see the strengths of their classmates’ submissions and have a better understanding about how to do a good job. In addition, the advices they get from their peers will give them a more comprehensive view of their own work: The comments from their peers will point out the weakness of their work, which is generally difficult to find out by themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Self-assessment:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If this option is turned on, a student may be allocated his own work to assess. The grade he receives from assessment of his own work will be counted into the grade for assessment, which will be added together with the grade for submission and used to calculate his final grade for this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting enables teachers to see whether students can find out the strength and weakness of their own submissions and judge them objectively. It is a good way to help students think more comprehensively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading evaluation phase==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading evaluation settings===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:gradingevaluation25.png|200px|thumb|Grading evaluation settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can choose your settings for calculation of the grade for assessments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grade calculation method===&lt;br /&gt;
This setting determines how to calculate grade for assessments. Currently there is only one option- &#039;&#039;comparison with the best assessment&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Comparison with the best assessment&#039;&#039; tries to imagine what a hypothetical absolutely fair assessment would look like. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a teacher uses &#039;&#039;Number of errors&#039;&#039; as grading strategy to peer-assess one assignment. This strategy uses a couple of assertions and assessors just need to check if the given assertion is passed or failed. That is, they only need to choose ‘yes’ or ‘no’ for each criterion in the assessment form. In this case, there are three assessors, Alice, Bob and Cindy. And the assessment form contains three criteria. The author will get 100% grade if all the criteria are passed, 75% if two criteria are passed, 25% if only one criterion is passed and 0% if the assessor gives ‘no’ for all three assertions. Here are the assessments they give to one certain work:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alice: yes/yes/no &amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bob: yes/yes/no &amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cindy: no/yes/yes &amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the best assessment will be:&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/yes/no &amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the workshop will give the best assessment 100% grade. Next it will measure the ‘distance’ from other assessments to this best assessment. The farther the distance, the lower grade the assessment will receive. And &#039;&#039;Comparison of assessments&#039;&#039; setting, next to the &#039;&#039;Grade evaluation setting&#039;&#039;, will determine how quickly the grade falls down if the assessment differs from the best one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;Comparison with the best assessment&#039;&#039; method will compare responses to each individual criterion instead of comparing the final grades. In the example above, all of the three assessors give 75% to the submission. However, only Alice and Bob will get 100% grade for their assessments, while Cindy will get a lower grade. Because Alice and Bob agree in individual responses too, while the responses in Cindy’s assessment are different.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Comparison of assessments:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting has 5 options: &#039;&#039;very lax&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;lax&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;fair&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;strict&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;very strict&#039;&#039;. It specifies how strict the comparison of assessment should be. By using &#039;&#039;comparison with the best assessment&#039;&#039; method, all assessments will be compared with the best assessment picked up by workshop. The more similar one assessment is with the best assessment, the higher grade this assessment will get, and vice versa. This setting determines how quickly the grades fall down when the assessments differ from the best assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Workshop toolbox====&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Workshop toolbox.png|thumb|Workshop toolbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Clear all aggregated grades====&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking this button will reset aggregated grades for submission and grades for assessment. Teachers can re-calculate these grades from scratch in Grade evaluation phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Clear assessments====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking this button, grades for assessments along with grades for submission will be reset. The assessment form will remain the same but all the reviewers need to open the assessment form again and re-save it to get the given grades calculated again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The workshop module has additional settings which may be changed by an administrator in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activity modules &amp;gt; Workshop&#039;&#039;. The settings enable default values to be set for all edit workshop settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Gegenseitige Beurteilung konfigurieren]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Configuraciones de taller]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Workshop_settings&amp;diff=124933</id>
		<title>Workshop settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Workshop_settings&amp;diff=124933"/>
		<updated>2016-08-15T15:51:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Grading settings */ Added brief Description section; expanded on the Grading Strategy section.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Workshop}} &lt;br /&gt;
==Adding a new workshop==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*With the editing turned on, in the section you wish to add your workshop, click the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; link (or, if not present, the &amp;quot;Add an activity&amp;quot; drop down menu) and choose &#039;&#039;Workshop.&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*On the next screen, in the General section, give the workshop a name and a description which explains to the students what the workshop will be about. You can display this description by ticking the checkbox&lt;br /&gt;
*All settings may expanded by clicking the &amp;quot;Expand all&amp;quot; link top right&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Description===&lt;br /&gt;
This displays for students on the Workshop&#039;s summary page just under the Planner. You can use it to give a brief orientation to the activity (instructions for each phase come later).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading Strategy===&lt;br /&gt;
What you choose here determines the assessment form students will use and also the strategy for grading submissions. For more detailed descriptions see [[Workshop_grading_strategies| Grading Strategies]]. &#039;&#039;&#039;Note:&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Grading strategies can&#039;t be changed once we have entered the submission phase of a workshop&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039; Accumulative grading:&#039;&#039;&#039; Each assessment criterion has its own numeric grade along with optional weighting and optional comments; a final grade is calculated on the basis of the separate grades and their respective weightings. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Comments:&#039;&#039;&#039; No numeric grade but feedback only, as comments either in a single field or as responses to a series of guiding questions.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of Errors:&#039;&#039;&#039; Markers decide whether the work has passed or failed each criterion (e.g. has original ideas; answers its question). They can comment on their judgements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;: Generates a numeric grade based on the level of achievement markers choose for each criterion. You&#039;ll be able to define your criteria and, for each criterion, as many levels as you need. The Rubric will display with a free text field for Overall Feedback. Do note that Rubric will generate a numeric grade and cannot be set to feedback-only - in other words you will need to assign a single numeric grade to each level, and those marks must be unique. Note too that it is not currently possible to import or reuse rubrics created elsewhere. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grade for Submission===&lt;br /&gt;
This sets the maximum grade a student can attain from a teacher for a given submission. It is scaled between 0-100. If you have set up any Grade Categories, you will see a picklist.&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission grade to pass===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can set a passing grade for the workshop submission. This may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Conditional activities]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have obtained the required grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grade for Assessment=== &lt;br /&gt;
Sets the maximum grade a student can receive for assessing other students’ work. It is also scaled between 0-100. If you have set up any Grade Categories, you will see a picklist.&lt;br /&gt;
===Assessment grade to pass===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can set a passing grade for the workshop assessment. This may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Conditional activities]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have obtained the required grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submission settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructions for submission=== &lt;br /&gt;
Students see this when they click on the link to the Workshop. Explain here what they need to do to make a successful submission (It may also help to refer them back to general instructions for using the Workshop - how to find out when the deadlines are and what they do at each stage).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you wish students to attach files, select how many here, up to a maximum of 7. If you leave it at 0 then they can only enter text. You can also specify the maximum upload size of the files they upload - depending on the course limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also specify which types of file they are allowed to upload. (Ask your admin to check &#039;&#039;Server&amp;gt;File types&#039;&#039; if you want to include an uncommon file type.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Late Submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ticking this box will allow students to submit after the deadline. Any late submissions cannot be edited by the student - they just have one chance to submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If late submissions are allowed, there is no way to automatically allocate assessors to them. You&#039;ll need to to manually allocate assessors to these late submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Allocation settings are explained below - they will be made after these workshop settings have been saved by clicking the “Allocate Submissions” link highlighted with a red box in the picture of the dashboard. See the section [[#Submission phase|Submission phase]].)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:submission_advanced.jpg|thumb|none|upright 2.5|alt=&amp;quot;Where to locate more settings for submissions&amp;quot; | Submission settings for allocating reviewers to submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assessment settings==&lt;br /&gt;
===Instructions for assessment===&lt;br /&gt;
Students see these instructions when the Workshop is in Assessment Phase. They are important to students&#039; understanding of the task before assessing their classmates’ submissions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After these workshop settings have been saved, Teachers can access further settings related to allocating assessments. See the section [[#Setup phase|Setup phase]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Use self-assessment===&lt;br /&gt;
Checking this box means that students may be allocated their own work to assess. This will depend on Moodle&#039;s allocation i.e. the larger the group of students the less likely it is that anyone will be allocated their own work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Overall feedback mode===&lt;br /&gt;
If this is enabled, a text box appears at the bottom of each assessment  form for reviewers to give  an overall comment about the submission. You can make this required or optional, and you can also specify a number of attachments and maximum upload size of these attached files, dependent on the course upload limit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also specify which file types they are allowed to upload.(Ask your admin to check &#039;&#039;Server&amp;gt;File types&#039;&#039; if you want to include an uncommon file type.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Conclusion===&lt;br /&gt;
Text you add here will be shown to the students when the workshop is over. It is a good idea to signpost students to how they can access the assessments they have received. It might also include suggestions on what students should do next.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example submissions==&lt;br /&gt;
In some situations, it might be helpful to the students to see one or more examples of what they must submit. If you offer example submission,  you can choose whether students are required to assess them or if is optional. If they are required to assess the example submissions, then you can also decide whether they assess them before they submit their own work or afterwards, but before peer assessing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Assessments of the example submission are not counted when calculating the grade for assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Availability==&lt;br /&gt;
This section deals with setting submission times and assessment times for the workshop. That is the time when students can start submitting as well as the deadline for submitting, and similarly the time assessments for other students’ work start and when they must finish assessing other students work. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All dates - open for submissions from, submissions deadline, open for assessment from and assessment deadline - are displayed in the course [[Calendar|calendar]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Availability lets a teacher decide if they want a workshop with a closed schedule or one that is open ended. Setting an opening time but leaving the deadline open makes it an ongoing activity. To set the opening time and deadline for either submissions or assessments teachers must click the enable button next to the option they want to set. Once the enabled has been checked the 5 drop down boxes will be activated and available for change.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first three boxes correspond to the date and we can either set this box by box or by selecting the date in the calendar that pops up when any of the date boxes are selected.&lt;br /&gt;
The last two boxes correspond to the time in 24 hour time, the first of the two being hours and the second being minutes. Teachers simply set the desired time for each of the sections they wish to activate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If teachers check the box &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Switch to the next phase after the submissions deadline&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;, the  workshop will automatically switch to the assessment phase after the next cron job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note that even if Switch to the next phase after the submissions deadline is enabled, a teacher will need to manually move the workshop into Submission Phase and click on Close to conclude the workshop and reveal the assessments.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Common module settings==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Common module settings]] &lt;br /&gt;
==Restrict access/Activity completion==&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are visible if [[Restrict access]] and [[Activity completion]] have been enabled in the site and the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Click Save and Display to access further settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setup phase==&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Setup assessment form.png|100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You must now click &#039;Edit assessment form&#039; to set the criteria students will need for when they do their peer assessments later on.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Include an example submission if you want students to be able to see this form when they submit.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*You can choose from several grading strategies. See [[Workshop grading strategies]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Submission phase==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To decide how students will receive the submissions of their peers, click the &#039;Allocate submissions&#039; link in the Submission phase section. &lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:allocationtypesworkshop.png|thumb|right|upright 1.0|alt=&amp;quot;Manual Allocation menu&amp;quot; | Manual Allocation options]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:randomallocation.png|thumb|right|upright 1.0|alt=&amp;quot;Random Allocation menu&amp;quot; | Random Allocation options]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:scheduledallocation.png|thumb|right|upright 1.0|alt=&amp;quot;Scheduled Allocation menu|Scheduled Allocation options]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Manual Allocation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here,a teacher can manually choose which students review whose work. A student can review work even if they have not submitted anything themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Random Allocation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teacher is given 5 settings that determine how the random allocation will work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Number of reviews:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here the teacher picks between 0 and 30 reviews for either each submission or per reviewer. That is the teacher may choose to either set the number of reviews each submission must have or the number of reviews each student has to carry out&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Prevent Reviews:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the teacher wishes for students of the same group to never review each other’s work, as most likely it is their work too in a group submission, then they can check this box and moodle will ensure that they are only allocated other students out of their group’s work to access&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Remove current allocations:&#039;&#039;&#039; Checking this box means that any manual allocations that have been set in the Manual Allocation menu will be removed&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Can access with no submission:&#039;&#039;&#039; Having this box checked allows students to assess other students’ work without having already submitted their own work. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039; Add self assessments:&#039;&#039;&#039; This options when checked make sure that as well as assessing other students’ work they must also assess their own. This is a good option to teach students how to be objective towards their own work.&lt;br /&gt;
===Scheduled Allocation===&lt;br /&gt;
If you set the workshop to automatically switch to the Assessment phase once the deadline for submissions is over, then enabling Scheduled allocation means that Moodle will automatically allocate (randomly) the submissions to be assessed. As with manual random allocation, you can specify the number of reviews, whether or not students need to have submitted something in order to be able to assess, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assessment phase==&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Examples:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Students can assess example submissions for practice before assessing their peers&#039; work if this feature is enabled. They can compare their assessments with reference assessments made by the teacher. The grade will not be counted in the grade for assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers need to upload one or more example submissions and the corresponding reference assessment to support this function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers can also edit the reference assessment later by clicking the ‘re-assess’ button in the first page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Peer assessment:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
If this feature is enabled, a student will be allocated a certain amount of submissions from his peers to assess. He will receive a grade for each assessment, which will be added together with the grade for his own submission and this will be used as his final grade for this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the key feature of workshop: To encourage students to assess the work of their peers and learn from each other. Through this, they will see the strengths of their classmates’ submissions and have a better understanding about how to do a good job. In addition, the advices they get from their peers will give them a more comprehensive view of their own work: The comments from their peers will point out the weakness of their work, which is generally difficult to find out by themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Self-assessment:&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If this option is turned on, a student may be allocated his own work to assess. The grade he receives from assessment of his own work will be counted into the grade for assessment, which will be added together with the grade for submission and used to calculate his final grade for this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This setting enables teachers to see whether students can find out the strength and weakness of their own submissions and judge them objectively. It is a good way to help students think more comprehensively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading evaluation phase==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading evaluation settings===&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:gradingevaluation25.png|200px|thumb|Grading evaluation settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can choose your settings for calculation of the grade for assessments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grade calculation method===&lt;br /&gt;
This setting determines how to calculate grade for assessments. Currently there is only one option- &#039;&#039;comparison with the best assessment&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Comparison with the best assessment&#039;&#039; tries to imagine what a hypothetical absolutely fair assessment would look like. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, a teacher uses &#039;&#039;Number of errors&#039;&#039; as grading strategy to peer-assess one assignment. This strategy uses a couple of assertions and assessors just need to check if the given assertion is passed or failed. That is, they only need to choose ‘yes’ or ‘no’ for each criterion in the assessment form. In this case, there are three assessors, Alice, Bob and Cindy. And the assessment form contains three criteria. The author will get 100% grade if all the criteria are passed, 75% if two criteria are passed, 25% if only one criterion is passed and 0% if the assessor gives ‘no’ for all three assertions. Here are the assessments they give to one certain work:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alice: yes/yes/no &amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Bob: yes/yes/no &amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Cindy: no/yes/yes &amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the best assessment will be:&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Yes/yes/no &amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the workshop will give the best assessment 100% grade. Next it will measure the ‘distance’ from other assessments to this best assessment. The farther the distance, the lower grade the assessment will receive. And &#039;&#039;Comparison of assessments&#039;&#039; setting, next to the &#039;&#039;Grade evaluation setting&#039;&#039;, will determine how quickly the grade falls down if the assessment differs from the best one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;Comparison with the best assessment&#039;&#039; method will compare responses to each individual criterion instead of comparing the final grades. In the example above, all of the three assessors give 75% to the submission. However, only Alice and Bob will get 100% grade for their assessments, while Cindy will get a lower grade. Because Alice and Bob agree in individual responses too, while the responses in Cindy’s assessment are different.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Comparison of assessments:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This setting has 5 options: &#039;&#039;very lax&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;lax&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;fair&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;strict&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;very strict&#039;&#039;. It specifies how strict the comparison of assessment should be. By using &#039;&#039;comparison with the best assessment&#039;&#039; method, all assessments will be compared with the best assessment picked up by workshop. The more similar one assessment is with the best assessment, the higher grade this assessment will get, and vice versa. This setting determines how quickly the grades fall down when the assessments differ from the best assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Workshop toolbox====&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:Workshop toolbox.png|thumb|Workshop toolbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Clear all aggregated grades====&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking this button will reset aggregated grades for submission and grades for assessment. Teachers can re-calculate these grades from scratch in Grade evaluation phase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Clear assessments====&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking this button, grades for assessments along with grades for submission will be reset. The assessment form will remain the same but all the reviewers need to open the assessment form again and re-save it to get the given grades calculated again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The workshop module has additional settings which may be changed by an administrator in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activity modules &amp;gt; Workshop&#039;&#039;. The settings enable default values to be set for all edit workshop settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Gegenseitige Beurteilung konfigurieren]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Configuraciones de taller]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124930</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124930"/>
		<updated>2016-08-15T13:41:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Grading and feedback */ sketchy stuff on Marking Allocation - needs more&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Allocating submissions to markers===&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to divide submissions between you can apply Groups to the Assignment and let markers know which Group(s) to mark. Note that because Group membership is not itself anonymised, this may make anonymised submissions that bit less anonymous, though as long as the Groups aren&#039;t very small this should be acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative is to use Marking Allocation - this allows anyone with a Tutor role to allocate one marker to each submission. This works particularly well if marking is allocated by subject specialism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading individual submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124827</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124827"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T16:11:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Define your rubric */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enable a rubric in your assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is at the point of setting of setting up the Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your assignment&#039;s Settings, expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading method&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose Rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
#Note the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; setting - whatever numeric grade you assign to your criteria levels, the ultimate grade for the assignment will be recalculated as the proportion of that maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the settings; Rubric is now enabled for that particular Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is via the Assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block:&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Assignment&#039;s summary page, in its Settings block, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039;; a new page displays a menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Change active grading method to&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;; this initiates the rubric setup process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Define your rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
To define a new rubric from scratch:&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric editor&#039;&#039;&#039; via the &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Define a new rubric from scratch&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in a brief distinctive &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039; and (if needed) a description.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit a criterion&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit level&#039;&#039;&#039; lets you tab through the rubric to type a description and assign points to each level. &lt;br /&gt;
#Describe further criteria and levels as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric options&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Finally save the rubric definition by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Save as draft&#039;&#039;&#039;. These set the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*Unless there is a good reason otherwise, enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Allow users to preview rubric&#039;&#039;&#039; so that they know in advance the standards by which they will be judged. Enabling &#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039; allows assessors to make constructive suggestions for each criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle does require numeric points, but if you want to use your rubric to give feedback without a numeric grade it is possible to hide these from students, and hide the final calculated grade from students.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can modify the weight of any criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the latter&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the former&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grading submissions with a rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To access the submissions, click a link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Student Grading Page displays the work of the first student listed in the Grading Table.&lt;br /&gt;
#The rubric you have set up will display as a table on one side of the screen - you can display it larger by clicking its Expand / arrowheads icon (to dock the rubric, click the icon again).&lt;br /&gt;
#For each criterion, select a level by clicking in its cell; when selected the level displays shaded (default pale green).&lt;br /&gt;
#If enabled on the rubric form, you can type in comments for each criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*As well as the rubric you can add summary &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback comments&#039;&#039;&#039; for the work, and optionally &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level displays temporarily shaded (default: pink).&lt;br /&gt;
*Students may need to be instructed to scroll down to find the completed rubric and any other comments - the example rubric continues to display at the top of their assignment &#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; page.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124826</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124826"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T16:11:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Define your rubric */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enable a rubric in your assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is at the point of setting of setting up the Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your assignment&#039;s Settings, expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading method&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose Rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
#Note the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; setting - whatever numeric grade you assign to your criteria levels, the ultimate grade for the assignment will be recalculated as the proportion of that maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the settings; Rubric is now enabled for that particular Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is via the Assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block:&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Assignment&#039;s summary page, in its Settings block, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039;; a new page displays a menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Change active grading method to&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;; this initiates the rubric setup process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Define your rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
To define a new rubric from scratch:&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric editor&#039;&#039;&#039; via the &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Define a new rubric from scratch&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in a brief distinctive &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039; and (if needed) a description.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit a criterion&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit level&#039;&#039;&#039; lets you tab through the rubric to type a description and assign points to each level. &lt;br /&gt;
#Describe further criteria and levels as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric options&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Finally save the rubric definition by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Save as draft&#039;&#039;&#039;. These set the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*Unless there is a good reason otherwise, enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Allow users to preview rubric&#039;&#039;&#039; so that they know in advance the standards by which they will be judged. Enabling &#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039; allows assessors to make constructive suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle does require numeric points, but if you want to use your rubric to give feedback without a numeric grade it is possible to hide these from students, and hide the final calculated grade from students.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can modify the weight of any criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the latter&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the former&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grading submissions with a rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To access the submissions, click a link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Student Grading Page displays the work of the first student listed in the Grading Table.&lt;br /&gt;
#The rubric you have set up will display as a table on one side of the screen - you can display it larger by clicking its Expand / arrowheads icon (to dock the rubric, click the icon again).&lt;br /&gt;
#For each criterion, select a level by clicking in its cell; when selected the level displays shaded (default pale green).&lt;br /&gt;
#If enabled on the rubric form, you can type in comments for each criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*As well as the rubric you can add summary &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback comments&#039;&#039;&#039; for the work, and optionally &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level displays temporarily shaded (default: pink).&lt;br /&gt;
*Students may need to be instructed to scroll down to find the completed rubric and any other comments - the example rubric continues to display at the top of their assignment &#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; page.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124821</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124821"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T16:00:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Grading submissions with a rubric */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enable a rubric in your assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is at the point of setting of setting up the Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your assignment&#039;s Settings, expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading method&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose Rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
#Note the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; setting - whatever numeric grade you assign to your criteria levels, the ultimate grade for the assignment will be recalculated as the proportion of that maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the settings; Rubric is now enabled for that particular Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is via the Assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block:&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Assignment&#039;s summary page, in its Settings block, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039;; a new page displays a menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Change active grading method to&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;; this initiates the rubric setup process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Define your rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
To define a new rubric from scratch:&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric editor&#039;&#039;&#039; via the &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Define a new rubric from scratch&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in a brief distinctive &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039; and (if needed) a description.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit a criterion&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit level&#039;&#039;&#039; lets you tab through the rubric to type a description and assign points to each level. &lt;br /&gt;
#Describe further criteria and levels as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric options&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Finally save the rubric definition by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Save as draft&#039;&#039;&#039;. These set the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*Unless there is a good reason not to, enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Allow users to preview rubric&#039;&#039;&#039; so that they know in advance the standards by which they will be judged. Enabling &#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039; allows assessors to make constructive suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle does require numeric points, but if you want to use your rubric to give feedback without a numeric grade it is possible to hide these from students, and hide the final calculated grade from students.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can modify the weight of any criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the latter&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the former&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grading submissions with a rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To access the submissions, click a link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Student Grading Page displays the work of the first student listed in the Grading Table.&lt;br /&gt;
#The rubric you have set up will display as a table on one side of the screen - you can display it larger by clicking its Expand / arrowheads icon (to dock the rubric, click the icon again).&lt;br /&gt;
#For each criterion, select a level by clicking in its cell; when selected the level displays shaded (default pale green).&lt;br /&gt;
#If enabled on the rubric form, you can type in comments for each criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*As well as the rubric you can add summary &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback comments&#039;&#039;&#039; for the work, and optionally &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level displays temporarily shaded (default: pink).&lt;br /&gt;
*Students may need to be instructed to scroll down to find the completed rubric and any other comments - the example rubric continues to display at the top of their assignment &#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; page.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124820</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124820"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T15:57:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Using the rubric */ Organising as step-by-step with notes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enable a rubric in your assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is at the point of setting of setting up the Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your assignment&#039;s Settings, expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading method&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose Rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
#Note the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; setting - whatever numeric grade you assign to your criteria levels, the ultimate grade for the assignment will be recalculated as the proportion of that maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the settings; Rubric is now enabled for that particular Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is via the Assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block:&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Assignment&#039;s summary page, in its Settings block, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039;; a new page displays a menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Change active grading method to&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;; this initiates the rubric setup process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Define your rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
To define a new rubric from scratch:&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric editor&#039;&#039;&#039; via the &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Define a new rubric from scratch&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in a brief distinctive &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039; and (if needed) a description.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit a criterion&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit level&#039;&#039;&#039; lets you tab through the rubric to type a description and assign points to each level. &lt;br /&gt;
#Describe further criteria and levels as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric options&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Finally save the rubric definition by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Save as draft&#039;&#039;&#039;. These set the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*Unless there is a good reason not to, enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Allow users to preview rubric&#039;&#039;&#039; so that they know in advance the standards by which they will be judged. Enabling &#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039; allows assessors to make constructive suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle does require numeric points, but if you want to use your rubric to give feedback without a numeric grade it is possible to hide these from students, and hide the final calculated grade from students.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can modify the weight of any criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the latter&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the former&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grading submissions with a rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#To access the submissions, click a link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Student Grading Page displays the work of the first student listed in the Grading Table.&lt;br /&gt;
#The rubric you have set up will display as a table on one side of the screen - you can display it larger by clicking its Expand / arrowheads icon (to dock the rubric, click the icon again).&lt;br /&gt;
#For each criterion, select a level by clicking in its cell; when selected the level displays shaded (default pale green).&lt;br /&gt;
#If enabled on the rubric form, you can type in comments for each criterion.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*As well as the rubric you can add summary &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback comments&#039;&#039;&#039; for the work, and optionally &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
*If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level displays temporarily shaded (default: pink). }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=File:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png&amp;diff=124815</id>
		<title>File:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=File:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png&amp;diff=124815"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T15:14:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Css01mv uploaded a new version of File:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124813</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124813"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T15:05:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Define your rubric */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enable a rubric in your assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is at the point of setting of setting up the Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your assignment&#039;s Settings, expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading method&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose Rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
#Note the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; setting - whatever numeric grade you assign to your criteria levels, the ultimate grade for the assignment will be recalculated as the proportion of that maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the settings; Rubric is now enabled for that particular Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is via the Assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block:&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Assignment&#039;s summary page, in its Settings block, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039;; a new page displays a menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Change active grading method to&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;; this initiates the rubric setup process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Define your rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
To define a new rubric from scratch:&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric editor&#039;&#039;&#039; via the &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Define a new rubric from scratch&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in a brief distinctive &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039; and (if needed) a description.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit a criterion&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit level&#039;&#039;&#039; lets you tab through the rubric to type a description and assign points to each level. &lt;br /&gt;
#Describe further criteria and levels as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric options&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Finally save the rubric definition by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Save as draft&#039;&#039;&#039;. These set the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*Unless there is a good reason not to, enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Allow users to preview rubric&#039;&#039;&#039; so that they know in advance the standards by which they will be judged. Enabling &#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039; allows assessors to make constructive suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle does require numeric points, but if you want to use your rubric to give feedback without a numeric grade it is possible to hide these from students, and hide the final calculated grade from students.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can modify the weight of any criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the latter&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the former&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the rubric ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When teachers use the rubric to assess some student&#039;s work, they select the level describing the student&#039;s performance best for each criterion. Currently selected levels are highlighted in light green. If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level is highlighted in light red. A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the form definition allows it, an optional remark can be filled for each criterion providing a detailed feedback/explanation of the assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=File:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png&amp;diff=124812</id>
		<title>File:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=File:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png&amp;diff=124812"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T14:54:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Css01mv uploaded a new version of File:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124811</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124811"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T14:50:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Prepare your rubric */ Organising this section as step-by-step guidance with notes&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enable a rubric in your assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is at the point of setting of setting up the Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your assignment&#039;s Settings, expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading method&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose Rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
#Note the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; setting - whatever numeric grade you assign to your criteria levels, the ultimate grade for the assignment will be recalculated as the proportion of that maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the settings; Rubric is now enabled for that particular Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is via the Assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block:&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Assignment&#039;s summary page, in its Settings block, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039;; a new page displays a menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Change active grading method to&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;; this initiates the rubric setup process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Define your rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
To define a new rubric from scratch:&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric editor&#039;&#039;&#039; via the &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039; link in the assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block. &lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Define a new rubric from scratch&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Type in a brief distinctive &#039;&#039;&#039;Name&#039;&#039;&#039; and (if needed) a description.&lt;br /&gt;
#&#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit a criterion&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Click to edit level&#039;&#039;&#039; lets you tab through the rubric to type a description and assign points to each level. &lt;br /&gt;
#Describe further criteria and levels as appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;
#Set &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric options&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Finally save the rubric definition &#039;&#039;&#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;Save as draft&#039;&#039;&#039; button. The button sets the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|&lt;br /&gt;
*Unless there is a good reason not to, enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Allow users to preview rubric&#039;&#039;&#039; so that they know in advance the standards by which they will be judged. Enabling &#039;&#039;&#039;Remarks&#039;&#039;&#039; allows assessors to make constructive suggestions.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle does require numeric points, but if you want to use your rubric to give feedback without a numeric grade it is possible to hide these from students, and hide the final calculated grade from students.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can modify the weight of any criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the latter&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the former&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
*You can use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the rubric ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When teachers use the rubric to assess some student&#039;s work, they select the level describing the student&#039;s performance best for each criterion. Currently selected levels are highlighted in light green. If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level is highlighted in light red. A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the form definition allows it, an optional remark can be filled for each criterion providing a detailed feedback/explanation of the assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124810</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124810"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T14:19:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* First enable a rubric in your assignment */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Enable a rubric in your assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is at the point of setting of setting up the Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
#In your assignment&#039;s Settings, expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading method&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose Rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
#Note the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; setting - whatever numeric grade you assign to your criteria levels, the ultimate grade for the assignment will be recalculated as the proportion of that maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the settings; Rubric is now enabled for that particular Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is via the Assignment&#039;s &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039; block:&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Assignment&#039;s summary page, in its Settings block, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading&#039;&#039;&#039;; a new page displays a menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Change active grading method to&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Rubric&#039;&#039;&#039;; this initiates the rubric setup process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepare your rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric editor is available via the advanced grading method management screen which in turn is available via the &#039;Advanced grading&#039; link in the activity settings block. The editor lets you set the rubric form name, the description and the rubric itself. The editor lets you add new criteria and levels, delete them and change the criteria order. There are several rubric options that can be configured, too. For each criterion, the criterion description should be filled. For each level, the level definition and the number of points associated with the level should be specified. Neither the criterion description nor the level definition text fields support embedded images yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric definition must be saved using either &#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039; or &#039;Save as draft&#039; button. The button sets the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; You can modify the effective weight of a criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the later one&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the first one&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; Use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the rubric ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When teachers use the rubric to assess some student&#039;s work, they select the level describing the student&#039;s performance best for each criterion. Currently selected levels are highlighted in light green. If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level is highlighted in light red. A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the form definition allows it, an optional remark can be filled for each criterion providing a detailed feedback/explanation of the assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124804</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124804"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T14:05:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Added preliminary section on Enabling rubrics&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==First enable a rubric in your assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
#In your assignment&#039;s Settings, expand the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grade&#039;&#039;&#039; section.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Grading method&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose Rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
#Note the &#039;&#039;&#039;Maximum grade&#039;&#039;&#039; setting - whatever numeric grade you assign to your criteria levels, the ultimate grade for the assignment will be recalculated as the proportion of that maximum grade.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the settings; Rubric is now enabled for that particular Assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Prepare your rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric editor is available via the advanced grading method management screen which in turn is available via the &#039;Advanced grading&#039; link in the activity settings block. The editor lets you set the rubric form name, the description and the rubric itself. The editor lets you add new criteria and levels, delete them and change the criteria order. There are several rubric options that can be configured, too. For each criterion, the criterion description should be filled. For each level, the level definition and the number of points associated with the level should be specified. Neither the criterion description nor the level definition text fields support embedded images yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric definition must be saved using either &#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039; or &#039;Save as draft&#039; button. The button sets the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; You can modify the effective weight of a criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the later one&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the first one&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; Use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the rubric ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When teachers use the rubric to assess some student&#039;s work, they select the level describing the student&#039;s performance best for each criterion. Currently selected levels are highlighted in light green. If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level is highlighted in light red. A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the form definition allows it, an optional remark can be filled for each criterion providing a detailed feedback/explanation of the assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124802</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124802"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T13:57:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numeric grade is assigned to each level. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rubric editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric editor is available via the advanced grading method management screen which in turn is available via the &#039;Advanced grading&#039; link in the activity settings block. The editor lets you set the rubric form name, the description and the rubric itself. The editor lets you add new criteria and levels, delete them and change the criteria order. There are several rubric options that can be configured, too. For each criterion, the criterion description should be filled. For each level, the level definition and the number of points associated with the level should be specified. Neither the criterion description nor the level definition text fields support embedded images yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric definition must be saved using either &#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039; or &#039;Save as draft&#039; button. The button sets the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; You can modify the effective weight of a criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the later one&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the first one&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; Use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the rubric ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When teachers use the rubric to assess some student&#039;s work, they select the level describing the student&#039;s performance best for each criterion. Currently selected levels are highlighted in light green. If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level is highlighted in light red. A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the form definition allows it, an optional remark can be filled for each criterion providing a detailed feedback/explanation of the assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124801</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124801"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T13:57:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are an [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading method]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numerical grade is assigned to each of these levels. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rubric editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric editor is available via the advanced grading method management screen which in turn is available via the &#039;Advanced grading&#039; link in the activity settings block. The editor lets you set the rubric form name, the description and the rubric itself. The editor lets you add new criteria and levels, delete them and change the criteria order. There are several rubric options that can be configured, too. For each criterion, the criterion description should be filled. For each level, the level definition and the number of points associated with the level should be specified. Neither the criterion description nor the level definition text fields support embedded images yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric definition must be saved using either &#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039; or &#039;Save as draft&#039; button. The button sets the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; You can modify the effective weight of a criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the later one&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the first one&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; Use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the rubric ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When teachers use the rubric to assess some student&#039;s work, they select the level describing the student&#039;s performance best for each criterion. Currently selected levels are highlighted in light green. If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level is highlighted in light red. A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the form definition allows it, an optional remark can be filled for each criterion providing a detailed feedback/explanation of the assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124800</id>
		<title>Rubrics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Rubrics&amp;diff=124800"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T13:56:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Advanced grading methods}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rubrics&#039;&#039;&#039; are [[Advanced grading methods|advanced grading forms]] used for criteria-based assessment. The rubric consists of a set of criteria plotted against levels of achievement. A numerical grade is assigned to each of these levels. For each criterion, the assessor chooses the level they judge the work to have reached. The raw rubric score is calculated as a sum of all criteria grades. The final grade is calculated by comparing the actual score with the worst/best possible score that could be received.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rubric editor ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-editor.png|thumb|right|Rubric editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric editor is available via the advanced grading method management screen which in turn is available via the &#039;Advanced grading&#039; link in the activity settings block. The editor lets you set the rubric form name, the description and the rubric itself. The editor lets you add new criteria and levels, delete them and change the criteria order. There are several rubric options that can be configured, too. For each criterion, the criterion description should be filled. For each level, the level definition and the number of points associated with the level should be specified. Neither the criterion description nor the level definition text fields support embedded images yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric definition must be saved using either &#039;Save rubric and make it ready&#039; or &#039;Save as draft&#039; button. The button sets the form definition status respectively as described at the [[Advanced grading methods]] page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; You can modify the effective weight of a criterion by setting the value of the points assigned to its levels. If there is one criterion with levels 0, 1, 2, 3 and the second one with levels 0, 2, 4, 6 then the later one&#039;s impact on the final grade is twice as much as the first one&#039;s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039; Use the Tab key to jump to the next level/criteria and even to add new criteria.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the rubric ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:gradingfrom-rubric-usage.png|thumb|right|Filling the rubric to assess a submission in the Assignment module]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When teachers use the rubric to assess some student&#039;s work, they select the level describing the student&#039;s performance best for each criterion. Currently selected levels are highlighted in light green. If the rubric filling is re-edited later, the previously selected level is highlighted in light red. A level must be selected for each criterion, otherwise the rubric is not validated by the server as the final grade can&#039;t be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the form definition allows it, an optional remark can be filled for each criterion providing a detailed feedback/explanation of the assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Grade calculation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rubric normalized score (ie basically a percentage grade) is calculated as&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^N (g_i - min_i) }{\sum_{i=1}^N (max_i - min_i)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
: where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of points given to the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;min_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the minimal possible number of points for of the i-th criterion, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;max_i \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the maximal possible number of points for the i-th criterion and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;N \in \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the number of criteria in the rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example of a single criterion can be: &#039;&#039;Overall quality of the paper&#039;&#039; with the levels &#039;&#039;5 - An excellent paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;3 - A mediocre paper&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;0 - A weak paper&#039;&#039; (the number represent the number of points).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; let us have an assessment form with two criteria, which both have four levels 1, 2, 3, 4. The teacher chooses level with 2 points for the first criterion and 3 points for the second criterion. Then the normalized score is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G_s = \frac{(2 - 1) + (3 - 1)}{(4 - 1) + (4 - 1)} = \frac{3}{6} = 50 %&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this calculation may be different from how you intuitively use rubric. For example, when the teacher in the previous example chose both levels with 1 point, the plain sum would be 2 points. But that is actually the lowest possible score so it maps to the grade 0 in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
TIP: &#039;&#039;&#039;To avoid confusion from this sort of thing, we recommend including a level with 0 points in every rubric criterion.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A student&#039;s score is calculated by subtracting the minimum score available on the rubric from the student&#039;s actual score achieved on the rubric, and dividing the resulting answer by the difference between the maximum and minimum score available&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How students access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[image:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|How students view a rubric]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric  attached to it, they will see the rubric as part of the information about their assignment. Thus, they can see the rubric before they submit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How teachers access the rubric==&lt;br /&gt;
Teachers will see the rubric when they click &#039;View/grade all submissions&#039; and access the work of a particular student. They don&#039;t by default see the rubric on the grading page before grading. If you wish to allow teachers to see the rubric, then the site administrator must set the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|mod/assign:submit]] to &#039;Allow&#039; for the editing teacher role in that assignment (or sitewide if really necessary). &#039;&#039;&#039;NOTE:&#039;&#039;&#039; This then has the side effect of the teacher appearing in the gradebook.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==FAQ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Where do you go to edit a rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
To edit a rubric go to&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment Administration &amp;gt; Advanced grading &amp;gt; Define Rubric&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Select &#039;Rubric&#039; from Change active grading method to drop down menu.&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your created rubric with three options above Edit the current form definition, Delete the currently defined form, Publish the form as a new template. Click &amp;quot;Edit the current form definition&amp;quot; to edit your predefined rubric form.&lt;br /&gt;
===Can you copy rows of the rubric?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;duplicate&#039; button allows you to quickly make a copy of a row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:duplicaterubricrow.png|thumb|600px|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How do you choose another rubric for an assignment?===&lt;br /&gt;
From &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Assignment administration&amp;gt;Advanced grading&#039;&#039; access your rubric and delete it. The see #5 in [[Advanced grading methods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Why are total grades coming out strange?===&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s likely that the lowest total grade in your rubric is not zero.  In this case your rubric grades from RUBRIC MIN to RUBRIC MAX are being converted to the assignment grades of ZERO to ASSIGNMENT MAX, which is probably what you don&#039;t want.  To fix this, just make sure you have a ZERO level in each of your rubric criteria (even if you never use them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/grade/grading/form/rubric/preview.php?areaid=33 School demo example of student view of rubric] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;student&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=205&amp;amp;rownum=1&amp;amp;action=grade School demo example of teacher view of rubric in student assignment] (Log in as username &#039;&#039;&#039;teacher&#039;&#039;&#039;/password &#039;&#039;&#039;moodle&#039;&#039;&#039;)&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://youtu.be/KXavtUhDINA A first look at rubrics] Screencast&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Advanced grading methods]] page for general concepts of advanced grading in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rubric_(academic) Rubric description] at Wikipedia&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.discoveryeducation.com/schrockguide/assess.html Examples of Assessment Rubrics] at Kathy Schrock&#039;s Guide for Educators&lt;br /&gt;
* http://rubistar.4teachers.org/ - a free tool to help teachers create quality rubrics&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://digiteacher.wordpress.com/2014/11/20/my-teacher-is-a-zombie-marking-by-rubric-on-moodle/ My Teacher is a Zombie – Marking by Rubric on Moodle] Using an electronic rubric frees up the time to ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Rubriken]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Rúbricas]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Advanced_grading_methods&amp;diff=124799</id>
		<title>Advanced grading methods</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Advanced_grading_methods&amp;diff=124799"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T13:53:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Rubric feedback for student view when Blind Marking is used */ changed &amp;#039;Blind&amp;#039; to &amp;#039;Anonymous&amp;#039;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Grades}}&#039;&#039;&#039;Advanced grading methods&#039;&#039;&#039; enable various assessment forms to be used for calculating grades.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:comicstrip-rubrics.png|600px|They should also have plagiarism plugins installed and apply them to control lazy course content creators.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced grading method types==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Rubrics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Marking guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also add-ons available in the &#039;See also&#039; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
== Basic concepts ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, numerical grades in Moodle are selected by the teacher from a range like 0-100. When advanced grading methods are enabled, the grade selection element is replaced with a more complex assessment form provided by the plugin. The plugin contains the logic how to calculate the grade. Such a calculated grade is then passed back to the activity module as if the teacher used the standard grade value selector.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; The teacher creates new Assignment in the course with the grade up to 30. She defines a rubric to be used for grading. The rubric itself produces raw score up to 12 (eg it has four criteria with levels 0, 1, 2, 3). So the rubric&#039;s score 12 leads to the assignment grade 30, the score 6 leads to the grade 15 etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For each activity, a new copy of the assessment form is created. Note that this is different from how [[Scales|scales]] work. While scales are defined at the site level or course level and then can be used in all activities, advanced grading forms create a new copy of the form definition for every single activity that uses it. So a change in the form definition in one assignment does not affect other places where the same rubric is used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039; The teacher defines a rubric for an assignment in the course. Then she re-uses the rubric in another assignment (see below on how to do this). When the teacher modifies the rubric in the second assignment, the first assignment still uses the original rubric.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grading form definition is part of the activity data. It is included in the activity&#039;s backup and it is copied when the activity is duplicated via the &amp;quot;x2&amp;quot; icon or imported from another course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring an activity module to use advanced grading methods ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:grading-method-selection-modform.png|thumb|right|Choosing the grading method in the activity settings form.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules that support advanced grading methods have the grading method selector included in their settings form (for example in the [[Assignment settings]] form). The teacher can choose either &#039;Simple direct grading&#039; or one of the installed grading methods plugins. Selecting &#039;Simple direct grading&#039; means that the advanced grading is not used and the standard grade selector is displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative way is to follow the link &#039;Advanced grading&#039; in &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Activity administration&#039;&#039;. The link leads to a page where the current active grading method can be changed, too.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The form definition and the associated assessment data are stashed when the grading method is changed from one type to another. That means it is safe to change the current active grading method from &#039;Rubric&#039; to &#039;Simple direct grading&#039; and back to &#039;Rubric&#039;. The rubric definition is kept in the database, although it may not be available while the current grading method is set to some other method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Assessment form definition ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:grading-manage-initial.png|thumb|right|Grading method management screen (no assessment form of the selected type is not defined yet).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The link &#039;Advance grading&#039; in the activity settings form leads to a management screen where the assessment form can be defined, edited, deleted and eventually shared as a public template (if the user has such permission). If there is no form of the selected method defined yet, there are two options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Define new grading form from scratch - creates a blank grading form and lets you define it. Each grading plugin provides its own grading form editor.&lt;br /&gt;
* Create new grading form from a template - lets you re-use a previously defined form. You can copy any of your own grading forms (that is those you have created elsewhere) or a grading form that was shared as a public template at your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every grading form has a name and a description. These are not displayed to students. The description should summarize the form, explain its usage etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The grading form definition can be saved as a draft or as a final version. If the grading form is saved as a draft, it can&#039;t be used for assessing. To release the form and make it available to assessment, save it using the button &#039;Save and make it ready&#039;. The current status of the form definition is indicated via a tag displayed next to the form name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Modifying the form after it has been used ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may happen that you define a grading form, make it ready for usage and start assessing students with it. After some time you realize there is a typo in the form or that it should be actually improved significantly (like by adding another criterion into the rubric). In such case, you are about to edit a form that has already been used for assessment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the grading plugin considers your change as significant, it may force you to mark all current assessment with a special flag &#039;Needs review&#039;. It is your duty to go through all existing assessments made by the previous version of the form and re-assess them to make the calculated grades valid a comparable. If the change seems to be a trivial change (eg fixing a typo in the text), the form editor may ask you to decide whether the existing assessment should be marked with the &#039;Needs review&#039; flag or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note, when there are other people using the form for assessment (eg there are several non-editing teachers in the course who participate on the submissions assessment), even a trivial rewording can be understood as significant change in the criterion meaning. Make sure you communicate the changes well with your colleagues.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Re-using assessment forms ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:grading-pick-search.png|thumb|right|Searching for a grading form to re-use]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of defining the new grading form from scratch, you can use some existing form as the initial template to create it from. When clicking the &#039;Create new grading form from a template&#039; icon, a new page opens and you can search for a grading form there. Simply type words that should appear somewhere in the form name, its description or the form body itself. To search for a phrase, wrap the whole query in double quotes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Shared templates ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users who were given a special permission can save their grading forms as shared templates on the site. Such forms can be then picked and re-used by all teachers in their courses. Users who published the form as a template can also delete it from the list of shared templates. See [[Grading forms publisher]] for  more information. There is also another permission to manage the whole &amp;quot;bank&amp;quot; of shared template. Users with this permission can delete any shared template, even if they are not the authors of it. See [[Grading forms manager]] for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading forms can be shared at the site level only. There is no way how to share forms at lower context levels (eg at the course category level as the question bank does).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Re-using own forms without sharing them ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:grading-pick-ownform.png|thumb|right|Re-using a form that was previously used in another activity]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, only the grading forms that have been saved as shared templates are included in the search results. You can also include all your own grading forms in the search results. This way, you can simply re-use your grading forms without sharing them. Only forms marked as &#039;Ready for usage&#039; can be re-used this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Permissions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two capabilities that affect the user&#039;s permission to work with templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Share advanced grading form as a template ([[Capabilities/moodle/grade:sharegradingforms|moodle/grade:sharegradingforms]]) - grants the ability to save a grading form as a new shared template and eventually edit and remove own templates (templates originally shared by that user). Users with the role of manager are given this permission by default. To allow others to do this, see [[Grading forms publisher]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Manage advanced grading form templates ([[Capabilities/moodle/grade:managesharedforms|moodle/grade:managesharedforms]]) - grants the ability to edit and remove any shared template, even those originally shared by other users. To allow trusted teachers to do this, see [[Grading forms manager]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sharing your grading forms world-wide ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the moment, there is no way how to export/import grading form definitions. The known workaround is to create an empty assignment module and attach the grading form to it. Then make a standard activity backup of this assignment in the MBZ format and share it. By restoring the assignment, the attached grading form is restored, too. It can be then picked for your own activities or shared as a template at your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What the students see==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When students click on an assignment which has a rubric or marking guide attached to it, they will see the rubric or marking guide as part of the information about their assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:rubricbeforesubmission.png|thumb|Student view of rubric &#039;&#039;&#039;before&#039;&#039;&#039; submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Rubric feedback for student view when Anonymous Marking is used==&lt;br /&gt;
Note: When &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Assignment_settings#Anonymous_marking|anonymous marking]]&#039;&#039;&#039; is used, students &#039;&#039;will&#039;&#039; receive a notification, but will &#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039; see rubric feedback until &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; submissions are marked and &#039;&#039;&#039;reveal student identities&#039;&#039;&#039; is clicked. That releases rubric marks and inline comment feedback to all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The future of advanced grading methods==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced grading methods can currently only be used for [[Assignment module|assignments]]. In future Moodle versions it is hoped that they can be used in more activity modules, such as glossaries and database activities. In addition more grading methods can be implemented as independent plugins (including custom ones fitting your particular need).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Learning Analytics Enriched Rubric]] &lt;br /&gt;
* [[BTEC marking]] for use with Moodle assignments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using Moodle forum discussions:&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=193460 A few Advanced Grading questions for Moodle 2.2.1]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=193961 Wrong Gradebook Calculation from 2.2 Rubric]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Erweiterte Bewertungsmethoden]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Métodos avanzados de calificar]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Assignment_settings&amp;diff=124798</id>
		<title>Assignment settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Assignment_settings&amp;diff=124798"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T13:51:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Blind marking */ Moodle refers to &amp;#039;Anonymous marking&amp;#039; rather than &amp;#039;blind marking&amp;#039;, so changed it here&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding an assignment==&lt;br /&gt;
*Go to the course where you want the assignment; turn on the editing, and in the section you want the assignment, click &#039;Add an activity or resource&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*From the Activity chooser, click the Assignment button and click &#039;Add&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
*(If you want to edit an existing assignment, click the Edit link to its right and choose the action you wish to take, eg &#039;Edit settings&#039;.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assignment settings==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===General ===&lt;br /&gt;
Give your assignment a name (which students will see to click on) and, if required, a description. If you want the description to display on the course page, check the box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Additional files&lt;br /&gt;
:Here you can add files which may be of help to the students as they do their assignment, such as example submissions or answer templates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Availability===&lt;br /&gt;
;Allow submissions from&lt;br /&gt;
:This stops students from submitting before the shown date but it doesn&#039;t hide the assignment and any included instructions or materials.&lt;br /&gt;
;Due date&lt;br /&gt;
:Submissions are still allowed after this date but will be marked as late. Disable it by unticking the checkbox. Assignments without a due date will appear on the dashboard with &#039;No Due Date&#039; displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
;Cut-off date&lt;br /&gt;
:After this date, students will not be able to submit and the submit button will disappear. If you want to grant an extension, go to the assignment grading screen, click &#039;Edit&#039; and choose &#039;Grant extension&#039; for the relevant student. (See screencast [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UaL0LzZwyYI&amp;amp;feature=share&amp;amp;list=UUCRg_EbhU9tdpLdiGGN1Mgg Assignment Extensions]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission types===&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can decide how you wish students to submit their work to you. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note| If Submission comments are enabled in &#039;&#039;Administration&amp;gt;Plugins&amp;gt;Activity modules&amp;gt;Assignment&amp;gt;Submission plugins&#039;&#039;, students will be able to add a note to their teacher on submitting work. If Blind marking is enabled, student comments display in the gradebook as from &amp;quot;Participant 01 etc&amp;quot; to avoid revealing identities.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Online text &lt;br /&gt;
:Students type their responses directly in Moodle using a text editor (such as the [[Atto editor]] which automatically saves text at regular intervals.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s possible to set a word limit on an online text assignment. Students get a warning if they try to exceed the word limit. Numbers are counted as words and abbreviations such as &#039;&#039;I&#039;m&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;they&#039;re&#039;&#039; are counted as single words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;File submissions&lt;br /&gt;
:Students can upload one or more files of any type the teacher can  open. {{New features}}The teacher can annotate  uploaded PDFs, docx and odt files within the browser, and on saving, the annotated file is made available to the student.  (Check with your admin that [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ghostscript Ghostscript] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv ] are enabled, if you can&#039;t annotate uploaded files.) In the screenshot below, a docx file has been uploaded and converted so that the teacher may use the annotation tools to comment directly on the student&#039;s assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentgrading3.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating uploaded files]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Maximum submission size&lt;br /&gt;
:The maximum upload size refers to each file a student uploads. It cannot be larger than the limit in the Course settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feedback types===&lt;br /&gt;
;Feedback comments&lt;br /&gt;
:With this enabled,markers can leave comments for each submission (which appear on the assignment grading screen.)&lt;br /&gt;
;Offline grading worksheet&lt;br /&gt;
:This is useful if you wish to download the grading list and edit it in a program such as MS Excel. (It does not yet work for non-English users - see MDL-40597.)&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:emptygradebook.png|thumb|The empty gradebook on Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:downloadgradingworksheet.png|thumb|The dropdown to download the list]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:excelgrades.png|thumb|Editing the grades offline]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the teacher has completed their grading offline, they can then upload the spreadsheet, confirm the changes and the grades and comments will be transferred over into Moodle&#039;s gradebook:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:uploadgradingworksheet.png|thumb|Uploading the grading worksheet]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:confirmchanges.png|thumb|Confirming the changes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:fullgradebook.png|thumb|Grades and feedback transferred into Moodle]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
See also [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2012/11/19/offline-grading-worksheet-in-moodle-2-4-assignment/ Offline grading worksheet] blog post by Gavin Henrick.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Feedback files&lt;br /&gt;
:This allows  markers to upload files with feedback when marking. These files may be the marked up student assignments, documents with comments, a completed marking guide, or spoken audio feedback. It enables the Feedback Files column in the assignment grading screen (accessed from &#039;View/Grade all submissions&#039;.) To upload feedback files, click on the green tick in the grade column on the grading table and then upload either with drag and drop or using the [[File picker]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedback files.jpg|thumb|The Feedback files column]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedback files 2.jpg|thumb|Upload files here]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedback view for students.jpg|thumb|Student view with comments and file feedback both enabled]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Uploading multiple feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; is also possible:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the students&#039; assignments using the &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; link from the same dropdown menu;&lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the folder offline and add your comments to the student&#039;s submissions.Keep the names the same.&lt;br /&gt;
#Select the students&#039; submissions and zip them into a new folder. Important: Don&#039;t just edit them inside their original folder and re-zip this; it will not work. The folder name does not matter as long as the feedback files have the same names as before.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload this newly zipped folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You will be presented with a confirmation screen displaying your feedback files. (If you zip files from a Mac,make sure to  remove the folder _MACOSX)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:mutiplefeedbackzip.png|thumb|Choose from the dropdown menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:multiplezip1.png|thumb|Confirmation screen displaying the feedback files to be uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:multiplezip2.png|thumb|Screen confirming uploaded feedback]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Comment inline&lt;br /&gt;
:This usefully allows you to comment directly on an &#039;online text&#039; type submission.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission settings===&lt;br /&gt;
;Require students click submit button&lt;br /&gt;
:If this is set to &#039;No&#039; students can make changes to their submission at any time. (If you want to stop them changing work once you are ready to grade, click &#039;View/Grade all submissions&#039;; locate the student and From the Edit column, click the action icon and select &#039;Prevent submission changes.&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:If set to &#039;Yes&#039;, students can upload draft versions of the assignment until such time as they are ready to submit. Clicking the submit button tells the teacher they have finished drafting and want the work to be graded. They can no longer edit it and must ask the teacher to revert to draft status if they need to change it again.To do that, click &#039;View/Grade all submissions; locate the student and from the Edit column, click the action icon and select &#039;Revert the submission to draft&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Reverting to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:with selected.jpg|thumb|&amp;quot;With selected&amp;quot; to choose several students..]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Require that students accept the Submission statement&lt;br /&gt;
:An administrator can define a &amp;quot;Submission statement&amp;quot;, ie, a statement where students promise the work is their own and which they must agree to before submitting their work. This may be done via &#039;&#039;Site administration&amp;gt;Plugins&amp;gt;Activity modules&amp;gt;Assignment.&#039;&#039; (A default statement is also available.)  If the administrator has given teachers the option of using a submission statement or not, then it will be available in the assignment settings screen. If the administrator has forced the statement throughout the site, a teacher will not have this option in the settings but a student will see the statement when accessing their assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Attempts reopened&lt;br /&gt;
: If &#039;require students to click submit&#039; is enabled, then students may only submit once. You can change this here to &#039;Manually&#039; and reopen it for students to resubmit, or you can change it to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039;, for the students to keep resubmitting until they get a pass grade.&lt;br /&gt;
;Maximum attempts&lt;br /&gt;
: Here you can decide how many attempts to allow  if students can resubmit. If a student has to keep trying until they get a pass grade, you might decide to limit the attempts even though they have not yet passed - or they might be trying for ever!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Groups submission settings===&lt;br /&gt;
These settings allow students to collaborage on a single assignment, eg, working in the same online area or uploading , editing and reuploading an MS Powerpoint in the common assignment area.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When grading, the teacher may choose to give a common grade and feedback to all students in the group or to give individual grades and feedback to each member.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Require group to make submission&lt;br /&gt;
:Students  not in a group can still submit  assignments unless this is forced in &#039;&#039;Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins  &amp;gt; Assignment &amp;gt; Assignment settings&#039;&#039; .  Moodle will then display a message &#039;&#039;You&#039;re not a member of any group; please contact your teacher&#039;&#039; , and the student will not be able to submit the assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
;Require all group members submit&lt;br /&gt;
:This setting will only appear if the teacher has ticked the &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; earlier. The assignment will not be classed as &amp;quot;submitted&amp;quot; until all members of the group have made a contribution. When one student has submitted, the other members of the group will be able to see who still has to submit.&lt;br /&gt;
;Grouping for student groups&lt;br /&gt;
:If a particular grouping is selected here, then the gradebook will display any other groups and non-grouped students in the &amp;quot;default group&amp;quot;, while naming the group(s) that are in the chosen grouping. If &amp;quot;none&amp;quot; is selected, then the gradebook will display the names of all groups and put any non-grouped students in the &amp;quot;default group&amp;quot;. See this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=216399#p942913 forum post on grouping for student groups] for examples of how this might be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notifications==&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that if you are using group mode then course teachers need to be members of the group in order to receive submission and late submission notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grade==&lt;br /&gt;
*See [[Grade points]] and [[Advanced grading methods]] for more information on the settings here.&lt;br /&gt;
*Setting a passing grade  may be connected with [[Activity completion]] and [[Restrict access]] such that a student will not be able to access a follow up activity until they have passed this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Anonymous marking===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes known as &#039;blind marking&#039;, anonymous marking prevents assessors from seeing students&#039; names on submissions. Instead, they will see randomly generated Participant numbers. (The student view of the assignment does not change.) This is also the case if student comments have been enabled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the nature of anonymous marking, the students cannot see the final grade until all of the students&#039; names have been revealed. If you are grading an assignment using an advanced grading method such as a rubric, the rubric will also be hidden from students&#039; view until the names are revealed. To reveal student names after you are finished grading, look under &#039;&#039;Assignment settings &amp;gt; Reveal student identities&#039;&#039;. Feedback comments will appear whether or not student names are hidden or revealed. Note that this level of anonymity might not suit the privacy requirements of your organisation. See MDL-35390 for more details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Users with the capability [[Capabilities/mod/assign:viewblinddetails|mod/assign:viewblinddetails]] can view student identities and participant numbers (in Moodle 3.0.3 onwards).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Use marking (grading) workflow===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enable Marking Workflow if you need to:&lt;br /&gt;
*keep grades and feedback hidden until you are ready to release them (otherwise by default they display to each student as you save them).&lt;br /&gt;
*state where you are up to in your grading.&lt;br /&gt;
*coordinate multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26markingworkflow.png|thumb|Marking workflow state in the individual grading screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26quickgradingworkflow.png|thumb|Dropdown to select marking workflow state when quick grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One advantage of using marking workflow is that the grades can be hidden from students until they are set to &#039;Released&#039;. The actual list of steps are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Not marked (the marker has not yet started) &lt;br /&gt;
* In marking (the marker has started but not yet finished) &lt;br /&gt;
* Marking completed (the marker has finished but might need to go back for checking/corrections) &lt;br /&gt;
* In review (the marking is now with the teacher in charge for quality checking) &lt;br /&gt;
* Ready for release (the teacher in charge is satisfied with the marking but wait before giving students access to the marking) &lt;br /&gt;
* Released (the student can access the grades/feedback)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Example use cases====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One marker, Marker, wants to release all grades at the same time &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker enables &amp;quot;Use marking workflow&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker marks each submission and transitions the grading to &amp;quot;Marking completed&amp;quot; as each submission is graded. &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker then uses the batch operations to transition all grades to &amp;quot;Released&amp;quot; at the same time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Multiple markers, &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker enables &amp;quot;Use marking workflow&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker marks each submission and transitions the grading to &amp;quot;Marking completed&amp;quot; as each submission is graded. &lt;br /&gt;
* Marker then uses the batch operations to transition all grades to &amp;quot;Released&amp;quot; at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Use marking allocation===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If marking workflow (see above) is set to Yes, it is possible to enable marking allocation. This means that teachers can be selected to grade or review the submitted work of specific students. Colleagues can monitor progress through the displayed marking workflow states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26markingworkflowallocatedmarkers.png|thumb|Allocated markers on the grading screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Locally assigned roles==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Assignment administration &amp;gt; Locally assigned roles&#039;&#039; selected users can be given additional roles in the activity. See the Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=98208 Custom role for &#039;Course Monitor&#039;] forum discussion for an example.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Assignment capabilities==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Capabilities/mod/assign:exportownsubmission|Export own submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Capabilities/mod/assign:grade|Grade assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Capabilities/mod/assign:submit|Submit assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Capabilities/mod/assign:view|View assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Role permissions for the activity can be changed in &#039;&#039;Course administration &amp;gt; Assignment administration &amp;gt; Permissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site administration settings==&lt;br /&gt;
Administrators can access assignment configuration options by expanding &#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Site administration &amp;gt; Plugins &amp;gt; Activity modules &amp;gt; Assignment&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assignment settings===&lt;br /&gt;
Here, the administrator can set defaults for certain settings. They may also make certain settings &#039;Advanced&#039; which means a course teacher has to click the &#039;Show more&#039; link to see them, or they may &#039;lock&#039; settings which means a course teacher cannot alter that setting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Submission statement&lt;br /&gt;
:Here is where the administrator can enter text into a box which will appear when students are about to submit an assignment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:newsubmissionstatement.png|thumb|Admin view of Submission statement set up screen - click to enlarge]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submissionstatement1.png|thumb|Student view when about to submit - click to enlarge]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it is left as the default &amp;quot;No&amp;quot;, then teachers will have the choice within their own assignments to force this or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The submission statement may be shown in different languages. See [[Multi-language content filter]] for how to do this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission plugins===&lt;br /&gt;
Here the administrator can enable, disable or change the order and default settings for any submission plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
;Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
:Note that if submission comments are enabled here AND AND comments enabled globally in &#039;&#039;Site Administration &amp;gt; Advanced features&#039;&#039;) then students will be able to send a message to their teacher when submitting their assignment. If either of those settings is disabled, then the submission comments link will not appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Feedback plugins===&lt;br /&gt;
====Manage assignment feedback plugins====&lt;br /&gt;
Here the administrator can enable, disable or change the order and default settings for any feedback plugins.&lt;br /&gt;
;Annotate PDF&lt;br /&gt;
:This is the place to upload stamps for teachers to use when annotating student PDFs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check Ghostscript=====&lt;br /&gt;
You can also check the ghostscript path from here:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Selection_116.png|thumb|Ghostscript not installed or incorrectly installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:Selection_115.png|thumb|Ghostscript correctly installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the default stamps are deleted by accident, they can be found in mod/assign/feedback/editpdf/pix and re-uploaded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Check Unoconv=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(New in 3.1:)&#039;&#039;  Unoconv v07 is required for converting files to PDF. You can test the correct path to unoconv here, and download a test  converted PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
Synergy Learning blog post: [http://www.synergy-learning.com/moodle-2-5-improvements-assignment-resubmissions/ Assignment resubmissions]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe konfigurieren]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Ajouter/modifier un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を追加/編集する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Configuraciones de tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124786</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124786"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T09:15:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Give the same feedback file to multiple students */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading individual submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for each. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124785</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124785"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T09:15:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Give the same feedback file to multiple students */ reducing my own waffle&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading individual submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have high level feedback you want to give to an entire cohort, it is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum. Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for them. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then flick &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124784</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124784"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T09:07:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Student grading page */ rename to something more meaningful&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grading individual submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This brings you to the Student Grading Page where you can give grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes you may have a high level feedback summary you would like to make available to a whole cohort. It is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum, so Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for them. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then flick &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124782</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124782"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T09:02:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* How do teachers grade submitted assignments? */ retitling a section to foreground feedback as well as grading&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Grading and feedback==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes you may have a high level feedback summary you would like to make available to a whole cohort. It is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum, so Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for them. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then flick &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124781</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124781"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T09:01:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Give the same feedback file to multiple students at once */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do teachers grade submitted assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes you may have a high level feedback summary you would like to make available to a whole cohort. It is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum, so Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for them. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then flick &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124780</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124780"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T09:00:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* To send the same feedback file to multiple students at once */ using Send Feedback Files on the Grading Table page to send one feedback file to many students&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do teachers grade submitted assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Give the same feedback file to multiple students at once===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes you may have a high level feedback summary you would like to make available to a whole cohort. It is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum, so Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for them. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then flick &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the file of feedback you prepapred, or drag it to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grading Table displays again.&lt;br /&gt;
#Check your file is in place by scrolling horizontally to the &#039;&#039;&#039;Feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124779</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124779"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T08:57:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do teachers grade submitted assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===To send the same feedback file to multiple students at once===&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes you may have a high level feedback summary you would like to make available to a whole cohort. It is generally a good idea to give this feedback in the context of the assignment, rather than e.g. separately via a Forum, so Moodle allows you to select some or all students and attach a single, common feedback file to their assignment feedback. This common feedback will appear to each student along with any other individual feedback files you have prepared for them. &lt;br /&gt;
#Prepare the single file of feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to the Assignment; its summary page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; the assignment&#039;s Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the checkboxes to select all or some students to receive the feedback (you may first prefer to configure the Grading Table to show as many students as possible on a single page).&lt;br /&gt;
#Underneath the Grading Table click the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Send feedback files&#039;&#039;&#039;, then flick &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page displays a list of selected students above a file upload area.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=User:Mira_Vogel&amp;diff=124778</id>
		<title>User:Mira Vogel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=User:Mira_Vogel&amp;diff=124778"/>
		<updated>2016-08-09T08:38:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Mira Vogel,&lt;br /&gt;
Digital Education Advisor,&lt;br /&gt;
University College London.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124776</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124776"/>
		<updated>2016-08-08T17:09:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do teachers grade submitted assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#You can give students multiple feedback files in this way e.g. annotations on their work along with a separate pro forma.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124775</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124775"/>
		<updated>2016-08-08T17:07:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Controlling when to notify students of graded work */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do teachers grade submitted assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Notifying as you mark====&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Keeping grades hidden until a release date====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124774</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124774"/>
		<updated>2016-08-08T16:59:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Section on uploading multiple feedback files, some formatting.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do teachers grade submitted assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - downloading and uploading multiple grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the multiple file upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Don&#039;t change the name or location of the folder - Moodle needs this information to allocate the files correctly.}}&lt;br /&gt;
Compress (zip) all the feedback files:&lt;br /&gt;
#Locate the folder containing the feedback files in Moodle, select them all (Ctrl+A within the folder), then zip them: &lt;br /&gt;
##Windows: Right click one of the selected files and Send to &amp;gt; Compressed (zipped) folder.&lt;br /&gt;
##Mac: Right Click (or Ctrl+click) one of the selected files and click Compress.&lt;br /&gt;
#They are now ready for upload (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to &#039;&#039;&#039;overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet&#039;&#039;&#039; - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload grading worksheet&#039;&#039;&#039;; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are ready to proceed, click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click &#039;&#039;&#039;View/grade all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Upload multiple feedback files in a zip&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Choose a file...&#039;&#039;&#039; and upload the zipped assignments file to Moodle, or drag the compressed/zipped file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Import feedback file(s)&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Confirmation box will list all the feedback files and student names that will be imported.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Confirm&#039;&#039;&#039;; the next screen summarises the changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Continue&#039;&#039;&#039;﻿.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the page containing the Grading Table, you can check your feedback files by enabling Quick grading (see Options at the bottom of that page) and scrolling horizontally, if needed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124773</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124773"/>
		<updated>2016-08-08T16:43:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: /* Download the spreadsheet to record grades */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do teachers grade submitted assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - bulk downloading with bulk upload of grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the bulk upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download the Grading Worksheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View/grade all submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose: Upload grading worksheet&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Choose a file... and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Upload grading worksheet; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are happy to proceed, click Confirm; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Continue.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
(To come.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124772</id>
		<title>Using Assignment</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.moodle.org/401/en/index.php?title=Using_Assignment&amp;diff=124772"/>
		<updated>2016-08-08T16:43:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Css01mv: Added section on offline marking with bulk upload of grades and feedback&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Assignment}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==What options are there for submitting work in Moodle?==&lt;br /&gt;
The standard ways students can submit assignments are:&lt;br /&gt;
* File submissions (students submit a file for assessment)&lt;br /&gt;
* Online text (students can type their responses directly in Moodle)&lt;br /&gt;
* Submission comments&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(1) It is also possible to use the assignment module for grading an &amp;quot;offline assignment&amp;quot;, ie, one where work is done outside of Moodle. This is done by simply unchecking the above three options.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|(2) If you&#039;re not sure which assignment type best suits your needs, look at the section below [[#Which submission type suits you best?]].}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do students submit their assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
The first page students will see when they click on the assignment activity link from the course page will display the assignment name, description and the submission status. The first time a student views the assignment it will look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:statuses.jpg|thumb|Student view of assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
The submission status section includes:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission status&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Grading status&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Due date&lt;br /&gt;
*Time remaining&lt;br /&gt;
*Last modified&lt;br /&gt;
*Submission details&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they progress through the assignment the Submission status and Grading status will update and the Last modified date will appear.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:submission statuses graded.jpg|thumb|Example of submitted and graded assignment]] &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student uploaded a file which the teacher has annotated, this will be made available in the feedback section. The student can search through the document and filter specific comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26pdfstudentgraded.png|thumb|Student view of graded pdf file]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:26searchcomments.png|thumb|Searching and filtering comments in annotated pdf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Submission statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Nothing submitted for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
*Draft (not submitted)&lt;br /&gt;
*Submitted for grading&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Grading statuses include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Not graded&lt;br /&gt;
*Graded&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===File submission===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit a file submission, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the file upload page.&lt;br /&gt;
# Upload the relevant file into the submission. They are able to ‘drag and drop’ the file into the submission box.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the file(s) uploaded will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file upload.jpg|thumb|Student view when adding a submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:file uploaded.jpg|thumb|Student view once file is uploaded]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button.jpg|thumb|Student view when submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Depending on how the assignment is setup students may see &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; a file submission page and an online text editor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Online text===&lt;br /&gt;
To submit  online text, students complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the ‘Add submission’ button to bring up the online text editor page. &lt;br /&gt;
# Type the relevant text into the [[Text_editor|text editor]], or paste from a previously written file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click ‘Save Changes’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There should now be a Last modified date and the first 100 characters entered will also be displayed. Depending on how the assignment is setup the status will either read ‘Submitted for grading’ - in which case no further action is need, or ‘Draft (not submitted)’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# If changes are required, click on ‘Edit my submission’.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once ready to submit, click ‘Submit assignment’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that once the assignment is &#039;submitted’ no further changes are allowed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:online text entered.jpg|thumb|Online text entered]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submit button online text.jpg|thumb|Submitting assignment]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission comments===&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on how the assignment has been setup, there may be a section where students can leave submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Image:student comments.jpg|thumb|Student comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How do teachers grade submitted assignments?==&lt;br /&gt;
When students have submitted their assignments, they can be accessed by clicking on the assignment activity. This will bring up the Grading Summary page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Summary page displays a summary of the assignment, including; number of participants, number of drafts, number of submitted assignments, due date and time remaining.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking &#039;Grade&#039; will take you to the first student in the list so you can start grading individually. Clicking &#039;View all submissions&#039; will take you to the grading table where you see all students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Grading Table contains columns of information about the student, the status of their submission, a link to grade their submission, a link to each submission and feedback comments and files (if enabled). &lt;br /&gt;
===Filtering submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dropdown menu accessed from the &#039;Options&#039; section allows you to filter submissions so you can for example quickly see which students have not submitted yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:assignmentfilter.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Submission status===&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be assigning grades to student work, you may want to take note of the submission status before you begin the marking process. If you have required students click the Submit button, you may find that some submissions are still marked as Draft (not submitted), meaning the student has either uploaded a file(s) or entered some text, but has not clicked ‘Submit assignment’. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&#039;s after the due date and you are about to commencing marking that you use ‘Prevent submission changes’ to stop students from making changes to their assignment. You can do this one by one by using the icon in the Edit column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can select two or more students by putting a tick in the select column and going to &#039;Lock submissions’ from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise you can also revert a student&#039;s submission to draft if they have uploaded the incorrect file. Instead of selecting ‘Prevent submission changes’ select ‘Revert the submission to draft’, or place ticks against selected students and choose &#039;Revert the submission to draft status&#039; from the &#039;&#039;With selected&#039;&#039; menu under the grading table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:submission statuses.jpg|thumb|Submission statuses]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:prevent submission changes dropdown.jpg|thumb|Prevent submission changes dropdown]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:lock submissions.jpg|thumb|Lock submissions]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert to draft.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:revert submission to draft status.jpg|thumb|Revert to draft status]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to &#039;Automatically until pass&#039; and a submission is graded below the grade to pass, then then submission is automatically unlocked when the grade is saved. Similarly, if the submission setting &#039;Attempts reopened&#039; is set to Manually, and a teacher selects &#039;Allow another attempt, then the submission is automatically unlocked. (Prior to 3.0.3, the submission need to be manually unlocked.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Granting extensions===&lt;br /&gt;
If an assignment has a deadline, a teacher can grant individual or group assignment extensions by selecting the Edit link next to a particular student or group....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension0.png|thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
... and then clicking &#039;Grant extension&#039; and  setting the new deadline.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;New in 3.1:&#039;&#039; The student&#039;s or group&#039;s name is also shown on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:grantextension.png||thumb|center|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Quick grading===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; allows you to enter numeric grades directly into the grading table, bypassing the more detailed grading interface. Please note:&lt;br /&gt;
*if you want to give feedback, you need to use the more detailed Grade interface. &lt;br /&gt;
*Quick grading is incompatible with advanced grading e.g. Rubrics, and is not recommended when there are multiple markers. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039;&#039; are a two-way private conversation between a student and staff and are visible to students immediately i.e. markers use the grading interface to give feedback, not the submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To access the Quick Grading interface, from the Grading Summary page click &#039;View all assignments&#039;; the Grading Table displays. Scroll to bottom of the page to configure Options, and check the box for &#039;Quick grading&#039;. While you&#039;re down there, you can also set the number of assignments to display per page, filter the assignments e.g. to see who has not submitted, unmarked assignments, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to Quick Grade: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#You can enter grades directly into the grading table. &lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll to the bottom of the grading table and click &#039;Save all quick grading changes&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#A confirmation displays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Student grading page===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have enabled File Feedback in the [[Assignment settings]] and wish to upload either the marked student assignment, a completed text based feedback document or audio feedback, click on the green tick in the Grade column (or use the icon in the Edit column and select Grade).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter grades, feedback comments and feedback files (if enabled in the [[Assignment settings]]). You can use drag and drop to upload feedback files.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:green tick.jpg|thumb|Green tick]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:grade.jpg|thumb|Grading]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:feedbackfiles.png|thumb|Feedback files]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Annotating submissions====&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the student has uploaded a PDF, docx or odt file, or if you set &#039;Comment inline&#039; for an online text submission, then their submission will be displayed on the grading screen, allowing you to annotate it, using a variety of tools, stamps (if uploaded by the admin) and comments which may be saved to a comments bank. When the annotations are complete, clicking to save the changes will result in it being displayed to the student as part of their feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Annotatingsubmissions1.png|thumb|500px|center|Annotating a student&#039;s submission]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Comments may be added and then saved in a quick list for future use &#039;&#039;(1)&#039;&#039;  Click the paper/magnifying glass icon to the right of the page selector to search previously saved comments &#039;&#039;(2)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFaddcomment.png|thumb|400px|1.Saving and re-using comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:NFcommentsearch.png|thumb|400px|2. Accessing comments]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|To ensure that comments display to students as the marker intends, do instruct students to download the annotated PDF rather than just previewing it. Preview sometimes displays comments in a way which obscures the original text.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you are unable to annotate student submissions, check with your administrator that [[http://www.ghostscript.com/ Ghostscript ] and [https://github.com/dagwieers/unoconv unoconv 07]] are installed.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Controlling when to notify students of graded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to notify individual students, one by one, as you mark, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; checkbox is available when grading individual submissions. Choose Yes to notify the student immediately or No to grade without notifying the student. Assuming you are not hiding grades in the ways outlined below, then Moodle will send a notification.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|How students receive Moodle notifications depends on your local default settings, and any changes students have made to those.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:notifystudents.png|center|thumb|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or if you need to keep your grades and feedback hidden from students until marking is finalised, and then release them to all students at the same time, there are two alternatives.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first is to hide the item in the Gradebook. This way is best if there is only one marker and no exceptional circumstances (i.e. you don&#039;t need to keep any students&#039; marks hidden). Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your Moodle course &#039;&#039;&#039;Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;, click on &#039;&#039;&#039;Grades&#039;&#039;&#039;; the Grades page displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click &#039;&#039;&#039;View&#039;&#039;&#039;, then &#039;&#039;&#039;Grader report&#039;&#039;&#039;; a grid of participants and gradeable items displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Find the column for the assignment (&#039;&#039;&#039;Grade item&#039;&#039;&#039;) whose grades you wish to hide, and click its Eye/Hide icon; the Eye icon displays with a strikethrough which means the grades are hidden from students.&lt;br /&gt;
#To reveal the grades to students, you can either:&lt;br /&gt;
##Remind yourself to return here and click the Eye/Show icon again; when it displays without the strikethrough the grades will be shown to students. With this option you need to remember to change the setting at the time.&lt;br /&gt;
##Or if you prefer to set a time for the grades to be automatically revealed, click on the Cog/Edit icon to display settings for that grade item, then click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Show more&#039;&#039;&#039; link to display extra settings. For &#039;&#039;&#039;Hidden until&#039;&#039;&#039; click its checkbox and configure its date. With this option you need to get your marking done on time (or remember to come in and change the date to give yourself more time).&lt;br /&gt;
#To notify students that marks and feedback are available, use e.g. the Announcements forum.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|If you use this approach do communicate with any colleagues and remember to reveal the grades ultimately, since if grades remain hidden they can confuse the final grade calculations.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The alternative approach to releasing marks to all students at the same time is to enable &#039;&#039;&#039;Use marking workflow&#039;&#039;&#039; in the Assignment&#039;s settings. This way is best where there are multiple markers and/or exceptional circumstances causing you to withhold some marks. Use it as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#Set up your assignment with Marking Workflow enabled (avoid enabling it after marking has started).&lt;br /&gt;
#When ready to release marks, click on a link to your Assignment and from its summary page click &#039;&#039;&#039;View all submissions&#039;&#039;&#039;; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll down to Options and ensure &#039;&#039;&#039;Quick grading&#039;&#039;&#039; is enabled by clicking its checkbox; the page reloads with some extra options.&lt;br /&gt;
#Also in Options, configure &#039;&#039;&#039;Assignments per page&#039;&#039;&#039; to display all your assignments, or as many as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
#Scroll back up again and click the checkbox in the column heading &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039;; all records display selected (and you can deselect any individual records you may need to keep hidden).&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;With selected...&#039;&#039;&#039; menu choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Set marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039;, then click &#039;&#039;&#039;Go&#039;&#039;&#039;, and confirm if prompted; the Marking workflow state menu displays on a page.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the &#039;&#039;&#039;Marking workflow state&#039;&#039;&#039; menu, choose &#039;&#039;&#039;Released&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#To have Moodle send students a notification that grades and feedback are available, set &#039;&#039;&#039;Notify students&#039;&#039;&#039; to Yes.&lt;br /&gt;
#Finally &#039;&#039;&#039;Save changes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Offline marking - bulk downloading with bulk upload of grades and feedback files===&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#039;t have an internet connection or prefer to grade outside Moodle, you can do so (including with anonymous submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
These easy stages explained below:&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the submitted work.&lt;br /&gt;
#Download the spreadsheet (grading worksheet) to record grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work .&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the completed grading worksheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Upload the annotated submissions (if applicable).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|You cannot upload marks and feedback to Moodle if you have enabled Rubrics or Marking Guides.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Before you start, enable the bulk upload settings====&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the settings of that assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
For Feedback types, ensure that the Moodle Assignment settings, Feedback comments, Feedback files, and Offline grading worksheet are ticked. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View all submissions; a page with the Grading Table displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose Download all submissions; save the zip file (i.e. the compressed and bundled submissions).&lt;br /&gt;
#In your file management software go to the place you saved the zip file. &lt;br /&gt;
#Extract the contents of the zip file, usually by double-clicking and following the prompts. Extract to a new folder so all the feedback files can easily be zipped back together later if you need to upload them with feedback. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Download the spreadsheet to record grades ====&lt;br /&gt;
#Next, to download the spreadsheet in which you&#039;ll enter the grades and brief comments, return to the Moodle Assignment page and from its Grading action drop-down menu choose Download grading worksheet and save that file (keep its csv file format).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Helpfully that downloaded worksheet will contain any existing grades and summary comments which have already been given for that assignment i.e. if marking has already started. However, to see pre-existing comments fully you may need to set your spreadsheet to &#039;wrap text&#039; within cells.}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Grade and annotate (if applicable) the submitted work====&lt;br /&gt;
After downloading the submissions and the grading worksheet:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded assignment file to assess it. &lt;br /&gt;
#Open the csv file in a spreadsheet editor e.g. Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
#For that student&#039;s record (if anonymous, a number corresponding to the submission file name will display), enter grades in the Grade column and summary comments in the Feedback comments column for each student. &lt;br /&gt;
#Leave the other data untouched unless you know exactly what you&#039;re doing.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save the csv file.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Note|Take care to enter data in the correct column of the spreadsheet.}}&lt;br /&gt;
If you are annotating the submissions to return to students as feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Open a downloaded submission.&lt;br /&gt;
#Carry out your annotations.&lt;br /&gt;
#Save it in its original place i.e. the folder corresponding to that student.&lt;br /&gt;
#Repeat as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have separate feedback files to upload to students:&lt;br /&gt;
#Save these within that student&#039;s folder.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload the completed grading worksheet====&lt;br /&gt;
When you are ready to upload grades and summary feedback:&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the assignment name on the Moodle course homepage to access the summary page and click View/grade all submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grading action drop-down menu choose: Upload grading worksheet&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Choose a file... and upload the grading worksheet to Moodle, or drag the csv file to the arrow and wait for the file name to appear in the box.&lt;br /&gt;
#There is a checkbox to overwrite records that have been modified more recently in Moodle than in the spreadsheet - only check this if you want to spreadsheet to overwrite all Moodle records, including ones made more recently than the spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Upload grading worksheet; a Confirmation box displays the students grades and feedback that will be imported - check this carefully.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you are happy to proceed, click Confirm; a summary of updates displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click Continue.&lt;br /&gt;
====Upload feedback files (if applicable)====&lt;br /&gt;
(To come.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Downloading student submissions===&lt;br /&gt;
You can download a zip file containing all of the assignment submissions by selecting the  ‘Download all submissions’ options from the &#039;&#039;Choose&#039;&#039; menu at the top of the grading table, or in the settings menu. The files will have a Moodle unique identifier appended to the name, not your institutional student ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File submissions will be downloaded in the format uploaded by the student. Online text submissions will be downloaded as html files. &#039;&#039;&#039;Each file in the zip will include the student first and lastname at the beginning of the filename for identification purposes.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{New features}}You can also download selected assignment submissions (rather than all of them) by selecting the ones you want and then choosing &#039;With selected....Download selected submissions&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:downloadselectedsubmissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which type of assignment submission suits you best?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to type shorter or longer responses directly online===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to Yes. This works well for younger children who will only manage a sentence or two and works just as well for higher education students who write more. &lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - quick for the student to get started; no need to use a word-processing program and upload the file. The text is saved on a regular basis so it will be preserved if the  student loses the page for some reason.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if the word count is expected to be large, setting &#039;&#039;Online text&#039;&#039; to No and &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes might be a better option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work you can download in a specified program===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, set the number of files you will allow using the &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; setting and the file sizes by using the &#039;&#039; Maximum submission size&#039;&#039; setting.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - better than students emailing work as the whole class&#039;s work is collated in one space on your course. Markers can provide comments directly on the student work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - with &amp;quot;Attempts reopened&amp;quot; enabled, teachers can see the progression through various drafts of a student&#039;s work.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - assignments must downloaded to be viewed (but they can be [[Assignment_FAQ| downloaded in bulk]]) and the teacher needs the appropriate program to open them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit files at different times for a project===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set &#039;&#039;File submission&#039;&#039; to Yes, and use &#039;&#039;Maximum number of uploaded files&#039;&#039; to set the maximum number of separate files they can upload&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading so they get a single grade.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage - all project files are in one assignment area for grading - so they can only have  a single grade!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to write a response to a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;online text&#039;&#039; submission and get students to use the Moodle media icon to add video/sound/image files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to answer a series of questions on a video/sound file/image===&lt;br /&gt;
*Investigate the [[Quiz]] module. Assignments are really just for a single question.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade work students have done offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*Uncheck the submission types when setting up the assignment. Students won&#039;t be required to do anything but you can use the assignment to grade them for work done outside of Moodle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to view, comment on and send back students&#039; assignments===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Set up an assignment allowing &#039;&#039;file submissions&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: useful for teachers who like using the &amp;quot;comment&amp;quot; options in word-processing programs for example. If you have Ghostscript enabled on your server and the students upload PDF files, you can annotate them inline. See the section [[Using Assignment#Annotating PDF files| Annotating PDF files]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: if students upload other file types, you have to download them, comment and then re-upload them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to send you a comment or note along with their uploaded work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Although previous versions of Moodle allowed the &#039;&#039;Submission comments&#039;&#039; submission plugin to be toggled, this is no longer the case.  If [[Comments#Enabling_comments|comments are enabled site-wide]], students will be able to add submission comments; if comments are disabled site-wide, students will not be given the option to add submission comments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to allow students to redraft and decide when to submit the work===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to Yes. Students can then control when their draft work is submitted to the teacher. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to keep an ongoing journal or do an iterative assignment===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings set &#039;&#039;Require students click submit button&#039;&#039; to No. Students can continue to make changes to their assignment and at no point do they &#039;submit&#039;. If the work will be graded at some point it is recommended that either &#039;&#039;Prevent late submissions&#039;&#039; is set to Yes to ensure that no changes can be made after the due date, or [[Using_Assignment#Submission_status| all submissions are locked]] when grading commences to ensure that the work is not altered during grading.&lt;br /&gt;
**Advantage: the work remains in one place and is constantly improved, graded (if needed) and improved again. &lt;br /&gt;
**Disadvantage: there is no record/history of previous attempts (such as with the [[Wiki]]). The online text assignment does not replicate the display of a journal or blog where each new entry is additional to the previous ones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want students to submit work in groups===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, set &amp;quot;Students submit in groups&amp;quot; to Yes. If you just do this, then once one student has submitted, the assignment will be flagged as submitted even if the others haven&#039;t contributed. If you want to ensure everyone has an input, set &amp;quot;Require students click submit button&amp;quot; to Yes and then change &amp;quot;Require all group members to submit&amp;quot; to Yes. The assignment will only be classed as submitted when each member has contributed, and once one student has submitted, the remaining members&#039;s names will be displayed for the group to see who still needs to add their input.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to grade students&#039; work anonymously===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Blind marking&amp;quot;. When students submit assignments, their names will be replaced by randomly-generated participant numbers so you will not know who is who. Note that this is not &#039;&#039;&#039;totally&#039;&#039;&#039; blind marking because you can reveal their identities in the assignment settings and you can work out identities from the logs - so this might  not be suitable if your establishment has very precise privacy requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to read and grade student assignments offline===&lt;br /&gt;
*In the settings, choose &amp;quot;Offline grading worksheet&amp;quot;. When students have submitted, click &amp;quot;View/grade all submissions&amp;quot; and you can download their assignments from the link &amp;quot;Download all submissions&amp;quot; and download the grading sheet from the link &amp;quot;Download grading worksheet&amp;quot;. You can then edit grades and re-upload the grading worksheet. You can also upload multiple feedback files in a zip from this drop down menu. See [[Assignment settings]] for an explanation of how to use the &amp;quot;upload multiple feedback files as zip&amp;quot; feature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to hide students&#039; grades until a time of your choosing.===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking workflow&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===You want to moderate other colleagues&#039; marking or allocate certain teachers to certain students===&lt;br /&gt;
Use &#039;marking allocation&#039; as explained in [[Assignment settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keeping records (archiving, exporting, backing up)==&lt;br /&gt;
When students unenrol from a Moodle area, their records become invisible through the Gradebook interface. In order to have the information to hand, departments or course teaching teams may need systems in place to keep their own records for the data retention period required in their particular context. There are two separate procedures for exporting student submissions and marks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To export marks (with or without feedback):&lt;br /&gt;
#Go to your course administration block and click Grades.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the Grader Report Settings block, select Export; a menu displays.&lt;br /&gt;
#From the menu, if you need easy viewing and running calculations you probably want to select one of the spreadsheet formats; a page of export settings loads&lt;br /&gt;
#Use the Visible Groups pulldown menu to limit the export to specific groups, as required&lt;br /&gt;
#In Options, you indicate whether feedback comments are included&lt;br /&gt;
#In Grade Items To Be Included lists you can, if required, omit particular Activities from the report&lt;br /&gt;
#When you&#039;ve finished with the settings, click on Submit; a preview of your export displays&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on Download to export to the format you chose, and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To download the original student submissions:&lt;br /&gt;
#In your course area, click the link to the Assignment whose submissions you want to download.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click on the link to View/Grade all submissions; the Grading Table will load.&lt;br /&gt;
#Click the link to &#039;Download all submissions&#039; and save the file.&lt;br /&gt;
==Tips and Tricks==&lt;br /&gt;
* Want to use an Assignment activity again in another Moodle site? Use the [[Activity_backup| backup  and restore]] options.  &lt;br /&gt;
*Want to use an Assignment activity in another course you teach?  Use the [[Import_course_data| Import function]] in the course administration block.&lt;br /&gt;
*Moodle will sometimes appear not to be uploading a resubmitted assignment - you seem to be downloading the original assignment. This is a cache issue, in short, go to &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Clear Recent History&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Firefox or &#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Tools &amp;gt; Delete Browsing History &amp;gt; Delete Temporary Files&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; in Windows Explorer. The newer file will then appear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Examples from [http://school.demo.net School demo site]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;rownum=3&amp;amp;action=grade Teacher view of a PDF assignment which can  be annotated inline.]Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=573&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of allocated markers and marking workflow status.] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=190 Student view of an assignment.] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;. Scroll down to see the rubric and feedback.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=46&amp;amp;action=editsubmission Student view of a student submission statement] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715 Student view of group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;student&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=715&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of a group assignment grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://school.demo.moodle.net/mod/assign/view.php?id=191&amp;amp;action=grading Teacher view of blind marking grading screen] Log in with username &#039;teacher&#039; and password &#039;moodle&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2013/07/07/one-approach-for-group-project-grading/ One approach to group project grading] blog post by Gavin Henrick&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=201307 Advantages of using Assignment upload over emailing a document] forum discussion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Aufgabe nutzen]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Afficher un devoir]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:課題を表示する]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Usando Tarea]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Css01mv</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>